UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015    Commission file number: 1-3579
PITNEY BOWES INC.

Incorporated in Delaware	I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 06-0495050	
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926	 	
(203) 356-5000	 	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	 	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered	
Common Stock, $1 par value per share	 	New York Stock Exchange	
$2.12 Convertible Cumulative Preference Stock (no par value)	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock ($50 par value)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ   No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þ    No  ¨
Indicate by check marks whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files) Yes  þ    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of  " large accelerated filer, " " accelerated filer, "  and  " smaller reporting company "  in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer ¨	Non-accelerated filer ¨	Smaller reporting company ¨	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨   No þ
As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4.2 billion based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of close of business on February 18, 2016: 191,560,676 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) no later than 120 days after our fiscal year end and to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 9, 2016, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

1

PITNEY BOWES INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	 	
 	 	Page Number	
PART I	 	
Item 1.	Business	3	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	 9	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	13	
Item 2.	Properties	13	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	13	
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	13	
PART II	 	
Item 5.	Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	13	
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	16	
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	17	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	32	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	32	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	32	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	33	
Item 9B.	Other Information	33	
PART III	 	
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	34	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	34	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	34	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence	34	
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	34	
PART IV	 	
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	35	
 	 	 	
Signatures	37	
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data	38	

2

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) contains statements that are forward-looking. We want to caution readers that any forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may change based on various factors. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties and actual results could differ materially. Words such as "estimate," "target," "project," "plan," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend" and similar expressions may identify such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Factors which could cause future financial performance to differ materially from the expectations as expressed in any forward-looking statement made by or on our behalf include, without limitation:
 	 	
•	declining physical mail volumes	
 	 	
•	competitive factors, including pricing pressures, technological developments and introduction of new products and services by competitors	
 	 	
•	our success in developing new products and services, including digital-based products and services, obtaining regulatory approval if required, and the market’s acceptance of these new products and services	
 	 	
•	our ability to successfully implement and transition to a new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system in the United States without significant disruption to existing operations	
 	 	
•	the success of our investment in rebranding the company to build market awareness and create new demand for our businesses	
 	 	
•	changes in postal or banking regulations	
 	 	
•	macroeconomic factors, including global and regional business conditions that adversely impact customer demand, access to capital markets at reasonable costs, changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and fuel prices	
 	 	
•	the continued availability and security of key information systems and the cost to comply with information security requirements and privacy laws	
 	 	
•	third-party suppliers' ability to provide product components, assemblies or inventories	
 	 	
•	our success at managing the relationships with our outsource providers, including the costs of outsourcing functions and operations not central to our business	
 	 	
•	the loss of some of our larger clients in the Global Ecommerce segment	
 	 	
•	integrating newly acquired businesses including operations and product and service offerings	
 	 	
•	intellectual property infringement claims	
 	 	
•	our success at managing customer credit risk	
 	 	
•	significant changes in pension, health care and retiree medical costs	
 	 	
•	income tax adjustments or other regulatory levies for prior audit years and changes in tax laws, rulings or regulations	
 	 	
•	a disruption of our businesses due to changes in international or national political conditions, including the use of the mail for transmitting harmful biological agents or other terrorist attacks	
 	 	
•	acts of nature	

Other risks that may also adversely impact us are more fully described under Item 1A. "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General
Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company), was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1920. We are a global technology company offering innovative products and solutions that help our clients navigate the complex world of commerce. We offer customer information management, location intelligence and customer engagement products and solutions to help our clients market to their customers, and shipping and mailing, and cross border ecommerce products and solutions that enable the sending of parcels and packages across the globe. More than 1.5 million clients around the world rely on our products, solutions and services. For more information about us, our products, services and solutions, visit  www.pb.com .

3

Our Strategy and Business Segments
Our business is organized around three distinct sets of solutions -- Small and Medium Business Solutions (SMB), Enterprise Business Solutions and Digital Commerce Solutions (DCS).

Small and Medium Business Solutions
We are a global leader in providing a full range of equipment, software, supplies and services that enable our clients to efficiently create physical and digital mail and evidence postage for the sending of mail, flats and parcels. We segment the SMB Solutions group between our North America operations, comprising the U.S. and Canadian businesses, and our International operations, comprising all other SMB businesses globally. We are a leading provider of mailing systems globally with about 900,000 meters installed in our North America operations and over 300,000 meters installed elsewhere. This business is characterized by a high level of recurring revenue driven by rental, lease and loan arrangements, contract support services and supplies sales.

Enterprise Business Solutions
Our Enterprise Business Solutions group includes equipment and services that enable large enterprises to process inbound and outbound mail. The Enterprise Business Solutions group includes our Production Mail operations and Presort Services operations.

Production Mail
Our product and service offerings enable clients to integrate all areas of print and mail into an end-to-end production environment from message creation to dispatch while realizing cost savings on postage. The core products within this segment include high-speed, high-volume inserting equipment, customized sortation products for mail and parcels and high-speed digital color printing systems that create high-value, relevant and timely communications targeted to our clients' customers. Beginning in 2016, we will offer new services and technical innovations including cloud connectivity for machines.

Presort Services
We are a national outsource provider of mail presort services for first-class, standard-class and flat mail in the U.S. and a workshare partner of the United States Postal Service (USPS). Our Presort Services network and fully-customized proprietary technology provides our clients with end-to-end solutions from pick up at their location to delivery into the postal system network. We process approximately 15 billion pieces of mail annually and are able to expedite mail delivery and optimize postage savings for our clients.

Digital Commerce Solutions
Within the Digital Commerce Solutions group, we provide a broad range of solutions, including customer information management, location intelligence and customer engagement software and shipping management and cross border ecommerce solutions for businesses of all sizes. These solutions are primarily delivered as traditional software licenses, enterprise platforms, software-as-a-service (SaaS) and on-demand applications. Our Digital Commerce Solutions group includes Software Solutions and Global Ecommerce.

Software Solutions
Customer information management solutions help businesses harness and deliver a deep and broad understanding of their customers and their context, such as location, relationships, propensity, sentiment and influence. The trusted data and associated insights allow our clients to deliver a personalized customer experience across multiple channels, manage risk and compliance, and improve sales, marketing and service effectiveness. We are one of the market leaders in the data quality segment. Large corporations and government agencies rely on our products in complex, high-volume, transactional environments to support their business processes.

Location intelligence solutions enable our clients to organize and understand the complex relationships between location, geographic and other forms of data to drive business decisions and customer experiences. Our location intelligence solutions use predictive analytics, location, geographic and socio-demographic characteristics, which enable our clients to harness the power of location to better serve their customers, solve business problems, deliver location-based services and ultimately drive business growth.

Customer engagement solutions provide clients with insight and understanding into customer behavior and interactions across the entire customer lifecycle, enabling them to orchestrate impactful, relevant and timely physical and digital interactions. When coupled with our inserting, sortation and digital print products, we are able to provide clients an all-inclusive solution that enables them to create, print and distribute wide-spread targeted customer communications. Our customer engagement solutions enable our clients to create connected experiences that positively influence future consumer behavior and generate business growth.

4

Global Ecommerce
Global Ecommerce includes our cross-border ecommerce solutions and shipping management solutions. Our cross-border ecommerce technology and services platforms enable retailers to transact with consumers globally. With our proprietary technology, we are able to manage all aspects of the international shopping and shipping experience, including multi-currency pricing, payment processing, fraud management, calculation of fully landed costs by quoting duty, taxes and shipping at checkout, compliance with product restrictions, export complexities and documentation requirements for customs clearance and brokerage and global logistics services. Our cross-border ecommerce software platforms are currently utilized by over 250 direct merchants as well as a major online marketplace enabling millions of parcels to be shipped to over 200 countries and territories worldwide. In 2015, we expanded our cross-border ecommerce capabilities through the acquisition of Borderfree, Inc. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shipping management solutions enable clients to reduce transportation and logistics costs, select the best carrier based on need and cost, improve delivery times and track packages in real-time. We also offer scalable global logistics management systems that can be integrated into mail centers for the office and retail markets, as well as desktop and production shipping environments.
See Item 7, "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional segment and geographic information.

Client Service
We have a client care service organization that provides telephone, online and on-site support to diagnose and repair our increasingly complex mailing equipment, production printers and sophisticated software solutions. Most of our support services are provided under annual contracts.

Sales and Marketing
We market our products and services through a direct and inside sales force, direct mailings, telemarketing, independent dealers and distributors and web channels. We sell to a variety of business, governmental, institutional and other organizations, and in our Ecommerce business only, we also sell to consumers as well as a variety of businesses. We have a broad base of clients and are not dependent upon any one client or type of client for a significant part of our total revenue.

In 2014, we began a phased roll-out in our SMB Solutions operations of a strategy designed to provide clients broader access to products and services, improve the sales process and reduce costs by shifting more of our client coverage from field sales to inside sales. During 2015, we successfully rolled out this strategy worldwide and in 2016, we will begin shifting more client coverage activity to web channels.
 
We have made, and are continuing to make, significant investments in the rebranding of the company. These investments include marketing and advertising spending designed to build market awareness and client demand for our products and services, and enhance our operational and go-to-market changes, including how we sell to and service clients.

Competition
All of our businesses face competition from a number of companies. Our competitors range from large, multinational companies that compete against many of our businesses to smaller, more narrowly focused regional and local firms. We compete on the basis of technology and innovation; breadth of product offerings; our ability to design and tailor solutions to specific client needs; performance; client service and support; price; quality and brand.

We must continue to invest in our current technologies, products and solutions, and in the development of new technologies, products and solutions in order to maintain and improve our competitive position. We will encounter new competitors as we transition to higher value markets and offerings and enter new markets.

A summary of the competitive environment for each of our business segments is as follows:

North America Mailing and International Mailing
We face significant competition from other mail equipment and software companies, companies that offer products and services as alternative means of message communications and non-traditional competitors that offer shipping and mailing products and services through online solutions. The principal competitive factors include the composition of offerings between software and hardware solutions, pricing, available financing and payment offerings, product reliability, support services, industry knowledge and expertise and attractiveness of alternative communication methods. Our competitive advantage includes our breadth of physical and web-based digital offerings, customer service and our extensive knowledge of the shipping and mailing industry.

5

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, The Pitney Bowes Bank (the Bank), we offer a revolving credit solution to our SMB clients in the United States that enables them to pay for postage, the rental of certain mailing equipment and purchase products, supplies and services. The Bank also provides an interest-bearing deposit solution to those clients in the United States who prefer to prepay postage. We also provide similar revolving credit solutions to our clients in Canada and the U.K but do not offer these through the Bank in overseas markets. Our financing operations face competition, in varying degrees, from large, diversified financial institutions, including leasing companies, commercial finance companies and commercial banks, as well as small, specialized firms. Not all our competitors are able to offer these financing and payment solutions to their customers and we believe these solutions differentiate us from our competitors and are a source of competitive advantage. The Bank is chartered as an Industrial Bank under the laws of the State of Utah, and regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions.

Production Mail
We face competition from other companies that offer large production printers, inserters or sorters. We also face competition from the fact that some companies choose to outsource although those outsource providers can also be our customers. Our competitive advantage lies in our ability to offer all of these products and services and integrate them into an end-to-end solution. The principal competitive factors include functionality, reliability, productivity, price and support.

Presort Services
We face competition from regional and local presort providers, service bureaus that offer presort solutions as part of a larger bundle of outsourcing services and large entities that have the capability to presort their own mailings in-house. The principal competitive factors include innovative service, delivery speed, industry expertise and economies of scale. Our competitive advantage includes our extensive network of presort facilities capable of processing significant volumes of mail and our innovative and proprietary technology that enables us to provide our clients with reliable and accurate services at maximum discounts.

Software Solutions
We operate in several highly competitive and rapidly evolving markets and face competition ranging from large global companies that offer a broad suite of solutions to smaller, more narrowly-focused companies that can design very targeted solutions. The principal competitive factors include reliability, functionality and ease of integration and use, scalability, innovation, support services and price. We compete based on the accuracy and processing speed of our solutions, particularly those used in our location intelligence solutions, the breadth and scalability of our products and solutions, our geocoding and reverse geocoding capabilities, and our ability to identify rapidly changing customer needs and develop technologies and solutions to meet these changing needs.

Global Ecommerce
The market for international ecommerce software and fulfillment services is highly fragmented, and includes competitors of various sizes, including companies with greater financial resources than us, some that specialize in point solutions or freight forwarding services, full-service ecommerce business process outsourcers and online marketplaces with international logistic support. In addition, major global delivery services companies are acquiring the technology to improve their cross border ecommerce shipping capabilities. The principal competitive factors include reliability, functionality and ease of integration and use, scalability, innovation, support services and price. We compete based on the accuracy, reliability and scalability of our platform, and our ability to provide our clients and their customers a one-stop full-service cross border ecommerce experience.

Financing Solutions
We offer a variety of finance and payment solutions to clients to finance their equipment and product purchases, rental and lease payments, postage replenishment and supplies purchases. We establish credit approval limits and procedures based on the credit quality of the client and the type of product or service provided to control risk in extending credit to clients. In addition, we utilize a systematic decision program for certain leases. This program is designed to facilitate low dollar transactions by utilizing historical payment patterns and losses realized for clients with common credit characteristics. The program defines the criteria under which we will accept a client without performing a more detailed credit investigation, such as maximum equipment cost, a client's time in business and payment experience. 
We closely monitor the portfolio by analyzing industry sectors and delinquency trends by product line, industry and client to ensure reserve levels and credit policies reflect current trends. Management continues to closely monitor credit lines and collection resources and revise credit policies as necessary to be more selective in managing the portfolio.

6

Research, Development and Intellectual Property
We invest in research and development programs to develop new products and solutions, enhance the effectiveness and functionality of existing products and solutions and deliver high value technology, innovative software and differentiated services in high value segments of the market. As a result of our research and development efforts, we have been awarded a number of patents with respect to several of our existing and planned products. However, our businesses are not materially dependent on any one patent or license or group of related patents or licenses. Research and development expenditures were $110 million, in each of 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Material Suppliers
We depend on third-party suppliers for a variety of services, components, supplies and a large portion of our product manufacturing. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced suppliers around the world because the relationship is advantageous due to quality, price, or there are no alternative sources. We have not historically experienced shortages in services, components or products and believe that our available sources for materials, components, services and supplies are adequate.

Regulatory Matters
We are subject to the regulations of postal authorities worldwide related to product specifications and business practices involving our postage meters. We are further subject to the regulations of the State of Utah Department of Financial Institutions and the FDIC with respect to the operations of the Bank and certain company affiliates that provide services to the Bank. We are also subject to the regulations of transportation, customs and other trade authorities worldwide related to the cross-border shipment of equipment, materials and parcels. In addition, we are subject to regulations worldwide concerning data privacy and security for our businesses that use, process and store certain personal, confidential or proprietary data.

Employees and Employee Relations
At December 31, 2015, we have approximately 10,500 employees in North America and 4,300 employees internationally. We believe that our current relations with employees are good. Management keeps employees informed of decisions and encourages and implements employee suggestions whenever practicable.

Available Information
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), are available, free of charge, through the Investor Relations section of our website at  www.pb.com/investorrelations  or from the SEC's website at  www.sec.gov,  as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The other information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or request copies of these documents by writing to the Office of Public Reference. Call the SEC at (800) 732-0330 for further information on the operations of the Public Reference Room and copying charges.

7

Executive Officers of the Registrant
Our executive officers are as follows:

Name	 	Age	 	Title	 	Executive
Officer Since	
Marc B. Lautenbach	 	54	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	 	2012	
Daniel J. Goldstein	 	54	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary	 	2010	
Robert Guidotti	 	58	 	Executive Vice President and President, Software Solutions	 	2016	
Abby F. Kohnstamm	 	62	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer	 	2013	
Michael Monahan	 	55	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer	 	2005	
Roger J. Pilc	 	48	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer	 	2013	
Mark L. Shearer	 	59	 	Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes SMB Mailing Solutions	 	2013	
Lila Snyder	 	43	 	Executive Vice President and President, Global Ecommerce	 	2016	
Christoph Stehmann	 	53	 	Executive Vice President and President, Enterprise Solutions Group	 	2016	
Johnna G. Torsone	 	65	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer	 	1993	
Mark F. Wright	 	58	 	Executive Vice President, Strategic Growth Initiatives	 	2013	
There are no family relationships among the above officers. All of the officers have served in various executive positions with the company for at least the past five years except as described below:

Mr. Lautenbach was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the company in December 2012. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Lautenbach held numerous positions during his career at IBM, which he joined in 1985. His leadership roles at IBM included serving as Vice President Small and Medium Business in Asia Pacific from 1998-2000, General Manager of IBM Global Small and Medium Business from 2000-2005, General Manager of IBM North America from 2005-2010, and Managing Partner, North America, for IBM Global Business Services.

Mr. Guidotti was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Software Solutions in January 2016. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Guidotti has been in the software industry for over 20 years and held a series of executive positions at IBM including General Manager, Software Sales where he was responsible for sales, technical sales, and channels for the $23 billion Software portfolio worldwide.

Ms. Kohnstamm joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer in June 2013. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Ms. Kohnstamm served as President of Abby F. Kohnstamm & Associates, Inc., a marketing and consulting firm.

Mr. Pilc joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer in June 2013. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Pilc served as General Manager at CA Technologies, where he was responsible for the company’s Industries, Solutions and Alliances unit.

Mr. Shearer joined the company as Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes SMB Mailing Solutions in April 2013. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Shearer held numerous positions during his 30 year career at IBM, including general management, business and product strategy, and marketing. Before his retirement from IBM in 2010, he served as Vice President, Marketing and Strategy for IBM’s hardware business.

Ms. Snyder was elected to the office of Executive Vice President by the board of directors in January 2016. She joined the company in November 2013 as President, Document Messaging Technologies (DMT) and became President, Global Ecommerce in June 2015. Prior to joining Pitney Bowes, Ms. Snyder was a Partner at McKinsey & Company, Inc.  In her 15 years at McKinsey, she focused on serving clients in the technology, media and communications sectors and was the leader of McKinsey's Stamford office. 

8

Mr. Wright joined the company as Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Software Solutions in April 2013. He was elected Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Digital Commerce Solutions in February 2014. In January 2016 he was elected Executive Vice President, Strategic Growth Initiatives. Before joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Wright served as Executive Vice President, Enterprise Solutions Group for Infor Global Solutions.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our operations face certain risks that should be considered in evaluating our business. We manage and mitigate these risks on a proactive basis, including through the use of an enterprise risk management program. Nevertheless, the following risk factors, some of which may be beyond our control, could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, brand and reputation, and may cause future results to be materially different than our current expectations. These risk factors are not intended to be all inclusive.

We are subject to postal regulations and processes, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
A significant portion of our revenue and profitability is directly or indirectly subject to regulation and oversight by postal authorities worldwide. We depend on a healthy postal sector in the geographic markets where we do business, which could be influenced positively or negatively by legislative or regulatory changes in those countries. Our revenue and profitability in a particular country could be affected by adverse changes in postal regulations, the business processes and practices of individual posts, the decision of a post to enter into particular markets in direct competition with us and the impact of any of these changes on postal competitors that do not use our products or services. These changes could affect product specifications, service offerings, client behavior and the overall mailing industry.

If we are not able to respond to the continuing decline in the volume of physical mail delivered via traditional postal services, our results of operations and profitability could be adversely impacted.
Declining mail volumes has had an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability and is expected to continue to influence our revenue and profitability in the future. We continue to employ strategies for stabilizing the mailing business which include new product and service offerings, transitioning our current products and services to more digital offerings and providing our clients broader access to products and services through online and direct sales channels. There is no guarantee that these offerings will be widely accepted in the marketplace, and they will likely face competition from existing and emerging alternative products and services.
Further, an accelerated or sudden decline in physical mail volumes could have an adverse effect on our mailing business. An accelerated or sudden decline could result from, among other things, changes in our clients' communication behavior, changes in communication technologies or legislation or regulations that mandate electronic substitution, prohibit certain types of mailings, increase the difficulty of using information or materials in the mail, or impose higher taxes or fees on mailing or postal services.
If we are not successful at meeting the continuing challenges faced in our mailing business, or if physical mail volumes were to experience an accelerated or sudden decline, our financial results could be negatively impacted.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits from our implementation of a new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system, and the transition to the new ERP system may not be uninterrupted or error-free.
We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments in the development and implementation of a new ERP system that is expected to provide operating cost savings through the elimination of redundant systems and strategic efficiencies through the use of a standardized, integrated system. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we completed the implementation of the ERP system for our Canadian operations and will begin implementing this system in the U.S. in 2016. If the implementation of the ERP system in the U.S. is not successful, or is delayed, the expected operating cost savings and strategic efficiencies may be delayed or may not be obtained or sustainable and may prevent us from introducing new products or services.
Further, the transition to the new ERP system will affect numerous systems necessary for the company's operation. If we fail to correctly implement one or more components of the ERP system, we could experience significant disruption to our operations. Such disruptions could include, among other things, temporary loss of data, inability to process certain orders, failure of systems to communicate with each other and the inability to track or reconcile key data.

9

If we are unable to protect our information technology systems against service interruptions, misappropriation of data, or breaches of security resulting from cyber-attacks or other events, or we encounter other unforeseen difficulties in the operation of our information technology systems, our operations could be disrupted, our reputation may be harmed and we could be subject to legal liability or regulatory enforcement action.
We rely on the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems to support numerous business processes and activities, to support and service our clients, to support consumer transactions and to support postal services. Several of our businesses use, process and store proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our businesses, our clients, consumers and our employees. Privacy laws and similar regulations in many jurisdictions where we do business require that we take significant steps to safeguard such information, and such legal requirements continue to evolve. In today's environment there are numerous risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including individual and groups of criminal hackers, industrial espionage, employee errors and/or malfeasance and technological errors. These cyber threats are constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of detecting and successfully defending against them. We have security systems and procedures in place designed to ensure the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems and protect against unauthorized access to such information. However, there is no guarantee that these security measures will prevent or detect the unauthorized access by experienced computer programmers, hackers or others. Successful breaches could, among other things, result in the unauthorized disclosure, theft and misuse of company, client, consumer and employee sensitive and confidential information, disrupt the performance of our information technology systems and deny services to our clients. Additionally, we could be exposed to potential liability, litigation, governmental inquiries, investigations or regulatory enforcement actions, our brand and reputation damaged, and we could be subject to the payment of fines or other penalties, legal claims by our clients and significant remediation costs.

Our systems are also subject to adverse acts of nature, computer viruses, vandalism, power loss, computer or communications failures and other unexpected events. We have business continuity and disaster recovery plans in place to protect our business operations in case of such events; however, there can be no guarantee that these plans will function as designed. If our information technology systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we could be prevented from fulfilling orders and servicing clients and postal services. Also, we may have to make a significant investment to repair or replace these systems, and could suffer loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers and our business could be adversely affected if we fail to manage these vendors effectively.
We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers for a variety of services, components and supplies, including a large portion of our product manufacturing, the hosting of our software-as-a-service offerings, as well as the logistics portion of our cross-border ecommerce business, and some non-core functions and operations. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced or limited-sourced suppliers and outsourcing vendors around the world because doing so is advantageous due to quality, price or lack of alternative sources. If production or services were interrupted and we were not able to find alternate third-party suppliers, we could experience disruptions in manufacturing and operations including product shortages, higher freight costs and re-engineering costs. If outsourcing services were interrupted, not performed, or the performance was poor, our ability to process, record and report transactions with our clients, consumers and other constituents could be impacted. Such interruptions in the provision of supplies and/or services could impact our ability to meet client demand, damage our reputation and client relationships and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Capital market disruptions and credit rating downgrades could adversely affect our ability to provide competitive financing services to our clients and to fund various discretionary priorities.
Our financing activities include, among other things, providing competitive financing offerings to our clients and funding various discretionary priorities, such as business investments, strategic acquisitions, share repurchases and dividend payments. We fund these activities through a combination of cash generated from operations, deposits held in the Bank, commercial paper borrowings and long-term borrowings.
Our ability to fund these activities is dependent, in part, upon our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in U.S. capital markets. This ability and the cost, in turn, is dependent upon our credit ratings and is subject to capital market volatility. A credit ratings downgrade, an increase in the company's credit default swap spread, material capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, adverse changes to our industrial loan charter or a significant decline in cash flow could impact our ability to provide competitive finance offerings to our clients and fund other financing activities, which in turn, could adversely affect our revenue, profitability and financial condition.

10

The international nature of our Global Ecommerce segment subjects us to increased customs and regulatory risks from cross-border transactions, and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Further, the loss of any of our largest clients in our Global Ecommerce segment could have a material adverse effect on the segment.
International sales generated by our clients processing transactions through our platform are the primary source of both revenue and profit for the Global Ecommerce segment. Our Global Ecommerce segment is subject to significant trade regulations, taxes, and duties throughout the world. Any changes to these regulations could potentially impose increased documentation and delivery requirements, increase costs, delay delivery times, and subject us to additional liabilities, which could negatively impact our ability to compete in international markets and adversely impact our revenues and profitability.
The operating results of, and sales generated from, many of our clients’ internationally focused websites running on our platform are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Currently, our platforms are located in the United States and United Kingdom and a majority of consumers making purchases through these platforms are in a limited number of foreign countries. A strengthening of the U.S. Dollar or British Pound relative to currencies in the countries where we do the most business impacts our ability to compete internationally as the cost of similar international products improves relative to the cost of U.S. and U.K. retailers' products. A strong U.S. Dollar or British Pound would likely result in a decrease in international sales volumes, which would adversely affect the segment's revenue and profitability.
The Global Ecommerce segment is dependent on a relatively small number of significant clients and business partners for a large portion of its revenue. The loss of any of these larger clients or business partners, or a substantial reduction in their use of our products or services, could have a material adverse effect on the revenue and profitability of the segment. There can be no assurance that our larger clients and business partners will continue to utilize our products or services at current levels, or that we would be able to replace any of these clients or business partners with others who can generate revenue at current levels.

Our inability to obtain and protect our intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement by others may negatively impact our operating results.
Our business success depends in part upon protecting our intellectual property rights, including proprietary technology developed or obtained through acquisitions. We rely on copyrights, patents, trademarks and trade secrets and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may suffer which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

From time to time, third-parties may claim that we, our clients, or our suppliers, have infringed their intellectual property rights. These claims, if successful, may require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain products .

If we fail to comply with government contracting regulations, our operating results, brand name and reputation could suffer.
We have a significant number of contracts with governmental entities. Government contracts are subject to extensive and complex procurement laws and regulations, along with regular audits and investigations by government agencies. If one or more government agencies discovers instances of contractual non-compliance in the course of an audit or investigation, we may be subject to various civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which could include the termination of the contract, reimbursement of payments received, fines and debarment from doing business with one or more governments. Any of these events could not only affect us financially, but also adversely affect our brand and reputation.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of strategic acquisitions and divestitures, which may harm our financial results.
As we increase our focus towards providing more digital technology and software solutions while maintaining a leadership role in the mailing industry, we may make strategic acquisitions or divest certain businesses. These acquisitions and divestitures may involve significant risks and uncertainties, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results, including:
 	 	
•	difficulties in achieving anticipated benefits or synergies from acquisitions and divestitures;	
 	 	
•	difficulties in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations, including combining product and service offerings and entering new markets, or reducing fixed costs previously associated with divested businesses;	
 	 	
•	the loss of key employees or clients of businesses acquired or divested; and	
 	 	
•	significant charges to earnings for employee severance and other restructuring costs, goodwill and asset impairments and legal, accounting and financial advisory fees.	

11

Our investment in rebranding the company and enhancing marketing programs to build the market awareness necessary to create demand for our businesses may not result in increased revenue and could adversely affect our profitability .
Our new brand strategy and identity are important to the next phase of our global business transformation. Our phased roll-out of the new branding through an advertising campaign, which is now entering a new phase in its progress, is integrated into the way we sell and service clients, and acquire new clients, including sales collateral and the digital experience of getting information, service performance and transacting on our website. These factors are important to maintaining acceptance of our products and services by our existing clients and achieving increased acceptance with new clients. We expect increased spending in brand development and marketing promotion activities and if this increased spending does not result in increased revenue sufficient to offset these expenses, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Our operational costs could increase from changes in environmental regulations, or it could be subject to significant liabilities.
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental protection laws and regulations around the world, including without limitation, those related to the manufacture, distribution, use, packaging, labeling, recycling or disposal of our products or the products of our clients for whom we perform services. Environmental rules concerning products and packaging can have a significant impact on the cost of operations or affect our ability to do business in certain countries. We are also subject to laws concerning use, discharge or disposal of materials. All of these laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. If we are found to have violated these laws, we could be fined, criminally charged, otherwise sanctioned by regulators, or we could be subject to liability and clean-up costs. These risk can apply to both current and legacy operations and sites. From time to time, we may be involved in litigation over these issues. The amount and timing of costs under environmental laws are difficult to predict and there can be no assurance that these costs will not have an adverse effect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

12

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own or lease numerous facilities worldwide, which house general offices, including our corporate headquarters located in Stamford, Connecticut, sales offices, service locations, data centers and call centers. We conduct research and development, manufacturing and assembly, product management, information technology and many other activities at our Global Technology Center located in Danbury, Connecticut. Our other primary research and development facility is located in Noida, India. Management believes that our facilities are well maintained, are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for our current business needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, clients or others.

In December 2013, we received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the Department of Justice (DOJ) pursuant to the False Claims Act requesting documents and information relating to compliance with certain postal regulatory requirements in our Presort Services business. We provided information to the DOJ in response to letter requests and the CID. On October 9, 2015, we reached a settlement with the DOJ without any admission of liability, for $7 million, net of recoveries.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded under the symbol "PBI" and is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). At January 31, 2016, we had 17,989 common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices, as reported on the NYSE, and the cash dividends paid per share of common stock, for the periods indicated.

 	Stock Price	 	Dividend Per Share	
 	High	 	Low	 	 	
2015	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	24.60	
 	 	$	21.15	
 	 	$	0.1875	
 	
Second Quarter	$	23.93	
 	 	$	20.79	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
Third Quarter	$	21.64	
 	 	$	18.59	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	21.76	
 	 	$	19.12	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
 	 	 	 	 	$	0.75	
 	
2014	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	26.63	
 	 	$	21.01	
 	 	$	0.1875	
 	
Second Quarter	$	28.23	
 	 	$	24.06	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
Third Quarter	$	28.37	
 	 	$	24.63	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	25.68	
 	 	$	22.38	
 	 	0.1875	
 	
 	 	 	 	 	$	0.75	

13

Share Repurchases
We may periodically repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and for other purposes. For the full year 2015, we repurchased 6,655,196 shares of our common stock at an average share price of $20.35. The following table provides information about our purchases of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2015:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Number of
shares purchased	 	Average price
paid per share	 	Number of
shares purchased
as part of a
publicly
announced plan	 	Approximate
dollar value of
shares that may
be purchased
under the plan (in
thousands) (1)	
Beginning balance	 	

 	 	$100,000	
October 2015	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$100,000	
November 2015	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$100,000	
December 2015	1,744,600	
 	 	$	20.31	
 	 	1,744,600	
 	 	$64,567	
 	1,744,600	
 	 	$	20.31	
 	 	1,744,600	

(1)	In September 2015, we received authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase $100 million of our common stock. The plan does not have an expiration date.	

In February 2016, we received authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase an additional $150 million of outstanding stock.

Stock Performance Graph
Our peer group is comprised of: Alliance Data Systems Corporation, Diebold, Incorporated, DST Systems Inc., EchoStar Corp., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., Harris Corporation, Iron Mountain Inc., Lexmark International Inc., NCR Corp., Pitney Bowes Inc., R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company, Rockwell Automation Inc., Unisys Corporation, The Western Union Company and Xerox Corporation.

The accompanying graph shows the annual changes for the five-year period based on the assumption that $100 was invested in Pitney Bowes, the Standard and Poor's (S&P) 500 Composite Index and our peer group, and that all dividends were reinvested. On a total return basis, $100 invested in Pitney Bowes, the S&P 500 Composite Index and our peer group on December 31, 2010 would have been worth $115, $181, $173, respectively, on December 31, 2015.

All information is based upon data independently provided to us by Standard & Poor's Corporation and is derived from their official total return calculation. Total return for the S&P 500 Composite Index and each peer group is based on market capitalization, weighted for each year. The stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

14

 	

15

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table of selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the more detailed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Total revenue	$	3,578,060	
 	 	$	3,821,504	
 	 	$	3,791,335	
 	 	$	3,823,713	
 	 	$	4,030,669	

Amounts attributable to common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income from continuing operations	$	402,672	
 	 	$	300,006	
 	 	$	287,612	
 	 	$	379,107	
 	 	$	418,967	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	5,271	
 	 	33,749	
 	 	(144,777	)	 	66,056	
 	 	198,513	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	407,943	
 	 	$	333,755	
 	 	$	142,835	
 	 	$	445,163	
 	 	$	617,480	

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	2.01	
 	 	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.43	
 	 	$	1.89	
 	 	$	2.07	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.72	)	 	0.33	
 	 	0.98	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.04	
 	 	$	1.65	
 	 	$	0.71	
 	 	$	2.22	
 	 	$	3.06	

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	2.00	
 	 	$	1.47	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	 	$	1.88	
 	 	$	2.07	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.71	)	 	0.33	
 	 	0.98	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.03	
 	 	$	1.64	
 	 	$	0.70	
 	 	$	2.21	
 	 	$	3.05	

Cash dividends paid per share of common stock	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.9375	
 	 	$	1.50	
 	 	$	1.48	

Balance sheet data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Total assets	$	6,141,462	
 	 	$	6,499,702	
 	 	$	6,777,436	
 	 	$	7,834,798	
 	 	$	8,162,622	
 	
Long-term debt	$	2,507,912	
 	 	$	2,927,127	
 	 	$	3,346,295	
 	 	$	3,642,375	
 	 	$	3,683,909	
 	
Total debt	$	2,968,997	
 	 	$	3,252,006	
 	 	$	3,346,295	
 	 	$	4,017,375	
 	 	$	4,233,909	
 	
Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders' equity in subsidiaries)	$	296,370	
 	 	$	296,370	
 	 	$	296,370	
 	 	$	296,370	
 	 	$	296,370	

 	 	
(1)	The sum of earnings per share may not equal the totals due to rounding.	

16

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on management's current expectations, estimates and projections and involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from those currently expressed in our forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those factors described under "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. All table amounts are presented in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise stated.
Overview
During 2015, we continued to execute on our strategic priorities to stabilize our mail business, drive operational excellence and grow our business through digital commerce. We expanded our marketing efforts to build awareness of our unique capabilities and refreshed our brand identity, completed our transition to a larger inside sales organization (part of our changes in our go-to-market strategy) in major markets, launched several new products and repositioned our portfolio through acquisitions and divestitures. We acquired a provider of cross-border ecommerce solutions through a proprietary technology and services platform that enables retailers to transact with consumers around the world, a provider of technology that enables clients to provide personalized interactive video communications to their customers, and expanded our presort sites. We also sold our marketing services business, Imagitas, and exited certain geographic markets as part of our initiative to simplify our geographic footprint. We also continued to reduce costs through our restructuring initiatives and worked to implement our new global enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, which was launched in Canada in the fourth quarter of 2015.

The U.S. dollar remained strong against other currencies throughout the year, which adversely affected our reported revenues and profitability, both from a translation perspective as well as a competitive perspective, as the cost of our international competitors’ products and solutions improved relative to products and solutions manufactured or sold from the U.S. The current strength of the dollar relative to other currencies also affected demand for U.S. goods sold to consumers in other countries through our global ecommerce operations.

In the second quarter, we acquired Borderfree and sold Imagitas. As a result we realigned our segment reporting. Our business continues to be organized around three distinct sets of solutions  -  Small and Medium Business (SMB) Solutions, Enterprise Business Solutions and Digital Commerce Solutions (DCS). There were no changes to SMB Solutions or Enterprise Business Solutions. Within DCS, we now report Software Solutions and Global Ecommerce as reportable segments. Imagitas, previously included in DCS, is now reported in Other.

Revenue for 2015 decreased 6% to $3,578 million compared to $3,822 million in 2014. Revenue was negatively impacted by 3% due to foreign currency translation, 2% from the sale of Imagitas and 1% from the exit of non-core product lines in Norway and the transition in certain European countries to a dealer network in the third quarter of 2014 (Divested Businesses). Revenue benefited by 2% from the acquisition of Borderfree.

On a reported basis, equipment sales declined 10%, support services declined 11%, software declined 10%, rentals revenue declined 9%, financing declined 5% and supplies declined 4%. Partially offsetting these declines, was revenue growth in business services of 3%.

Excluding the impacts of foreign currency, equipment sales declined 5%, primarily due to continued weakness in our international markets reflecting difficult economic circumstances and productivity disruptions caused by the implementation of our go-to-market strategy primarily in France. Support services revenue declined 7% and rentals revenue declined 6% due to fewer mailing machines in service and a shift by customers to lower cost, less featured mailing machines. Support services revenue was also impacted by lower maintenance contracts on production mail equipment as some in-house mailers moved their mail processing to third-party service bureaus who service some of their own equipment. Software revenue declined 5% primarily due to the inclusion of significant North America licensing deals in 2014. These declines were partially offset by revenue growth in business services of 3% primarily due to the acquisition of Borderfree and higher volumes of mail processed in presort services.

Looking at our operating segments, SMB Solutions revenue declined 9% primarily due to the unfavorable impact from foreign currency translation of 4%, the continuing decline in installed meters and shift by clients to lower cost, less fully featured machines and declines in our international mailing operations due to difficult economic circumstances and productivity disruptions. Enterprise Business Solutions revenue decreased 3%, primarily due to the unfavorable impact from currency translation of 3% and lower service revenue in Production Mail, partially offset by increased volumes in Presort Services. DCS revenue increased 5% primarily due to the acquisition of Borderfree and higher volume of packages shipped from our U.K. outbound cross-border service facility, which began in the fourth quarter of 2014, partially offset by lower software licensing revenue due to the inclusion of significant large licensing deals in 2014.

17

Net income from continuing operations and earnings per diluted share for the year were $403 million and $2.00, respectively, compared to $300 million and $1.47, respectively, in 2014. The increase was primarily due to improving gross margins and lower selling, general and administrative expenses due in part to the benefits of our restructuring actions, changes in our go-to-market strategy and other productivity initiatives. A 5% increase in the effective tax rate partially offset these benefits.

We generated cash flow from operations of $515 million, received proceeds of $292 million from the sale of Imagitas and $52 million from the sale of our former corporate headquarters building and other assets, and issued $90 million of commercial paper. We used cash of $394 million to acquire businesses, $365 million to reduce debt, $166 million to fund capital investments, $168 million to pay dividends to our stockholders and noncontrolling interests and $132 million to repurchase our common stock. At December 31, 2015, cash and cash equivalents was $651 million.

Outlook
Our growth initiatives continue to focus on leveraging our expertise in physical and digital communications, hybrid communications and the development of products, software, services and solutions that help our clients connect with customers to power commerce and grow their businesses.

In 2016, we will continue to invest in the implementation of our ERP system in the United States and launch a new advertising campaign. We anticipate the continued benefits from our restructuring actions, synergies from acquisitions, the benefits of the go-to-market strategy in major markets and expected benefits from the implementation of the new ERP system should mostly offset these incremental costs.

In February 2016, we received additional authorization to repurchase an additional $150 million of our common stock and expect to repurchase up to $215 million of our common stock during 2016.
 
During 2015, we experienced a considerable strengthening of the U.S. dollar. A continuing strong U.S. dollar could adversely affect our reported revenues and profitability, both from a translation perspective and as a competitive perspective, as the cost of international competitors’ products and solutions improves relative to products and solutions sold from the U.S. A strengthening dollar could also continue to affect demand for U.S. goods sold to consumers in other countries through our global ecommerce operations.

Within SMB Solutions, the introduction of new solutions and services is being well-received in the marketplace and we anticipate further stabilization in revenue through further product upgrades and launches in 2016. Internationally, the implementation of our go-to-market strategy is now complete in our major markets and as a result we expect stabilizing trends in those markets. We will also focus on the transition and training of a new sales organization, which is expected to improve productivity.

Within Enterprise Business Solutions, we expect continued revenue and profitability growth in Presort Services due to client expansion and higher processed mail volumes; however, we anticipate that Production Mail revenue growth will continue to be challenged by the uncertain macroeconomic environment in Europe and declining services revenue.

Within DCS, we anticipate increased demand in Software Solutions due to new industry-specific solutions, expansion of our partner channel and improved sales efficiencies, and revenue growth in Global Ecommerce from our retail business and continued demand for our shipping solutions driven by new client acquisitions and expanded services provided to existing clients should further enhance our performance. In January 2016, we acquired a cloud-based, software-as-a-service enterprise retail and fulfillment solutions company.

18

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue by source and the related cost of revenue are shown in the following tables:

 	Revenue	
 	Years Ended December 31,	 	% change	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015	 	2014	
Equipment sales	$	695	
 	 	$	770	
 	 	$	868	
 	 	(10	)%	 	(11	)%	
Supplies	288	
 	 	300	
 	 	286	
 	 	(4	)%	 	5	 %	
Software	386	
 	 	430	
 	 	398	
 	 	(10	)%	 	8	 %	
Rentals	442	
 	 	485	
 	 	512	
 	 	(9	)%	 	(5	)%	
Financing	410	
 	 	433	
 	 	449	
 	 	(5	)%	 	(4	)%	
Support services	555	
 	 	625	
 	 	647	
 	 	(11	)%	 	(3	)%	
Business services	802	
 	 	779	
 	 	631	
 	 	3	 %	 	23	 %	
Total revenue	$	3,578	
 	 	$	3,822	
 	 	$	3,791	
 	 	(6	)%	 	1	 %	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Cost of Revenue	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	$	 	% of revenue	 	$	 	% of revenue	 	$	 	% of revenue	
Cost of equipment sales	$	331	
 	 	47.6	%	 	$	366	
 	 	47.5	%	 	$	423	
 	 	48.7	%	
Cost of supplies	89	
 	 	30.8	%	 	94	
 	 	31.2	%	 	89	
 	 	31.3	%	
Cost of software	114	
 	 	29.4	%	 	124	
 	 	28.8	%	 	111	
 	 	27.8	%	
Cost of rentals	84	
 	 	19.1	%	 	97	
 	 	20.1	%	 	100	
 	 	19.6	%	
Financing interest expense	72	
 	 	17.5	%	 	78	
 	 	18.1	%	 	78	
 	 	17.3	%	
Cost of support services	323	
 	 	58.2	%	 	377	
 	 	60.3	%	 	400	
 	 	61.9	%	
Cost of business services	546	
 	 	68.1	%	 	545	
 	 	70.0	%	 	450	
 	 	71.3	%	
Total cost of revenue	$	1,559	
 	 	43.6	%	 	$	1,681	
 	 	44.0	%	 	$	1,651	
 	 	43.5	%	

Equipment sales
Equipment sales decreased 10% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation adversely affected equipment sales by 5%. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, equipment sales declined 3% in international markets primarily due to difficult economic circumstances and productivity disruptions caused by the implementation of our go-to-market strategy in Europe and lower sales of production mail equipment worldwide. Sales in North America declined 1% due to the continuing trend of clients to extend existing leases rather than purchase new equipment. Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of equipment sales revenue of 47.6% was comparable to the prior year.

Equipment sales decreased 11% in 2014 compared to 2013. Approximately half of this decrease came from lower sales of production mail inserters and high-speed printers due to significant installations of this equipment in 2013 and half came from lower sales in our SMB group due to a temporary distraction from the transition to an inside sales organization and reassignment of accounts and resources in North America, the impact of Divested Businesses and lower sales in France. Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of equipment sales revenue decreased to 47.5% compared to 48.7% in the prior year primarily due to the decline in sales of production printers, which have a lower margin relative to other products.
Supplies
Supplies revenue decreased 4% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation adversely impacted supplies revenue by 6%. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, supplies revenue increased 2% due to productivity improvements and pricing actions in our North America mailing business and higher sales of supplies for production printers. Cost of supplies as a percentage of supplies revenue improved to 30.8% in 2015 compared to 31.2% in 2014 primarily due to a greater mix of higher margin core supplies.

Supplies revenue increased 5% in 2014 compared to 2013. Targeted outreach to customers and pricing actions contributed to a 3% increase and the remaining 2% was due to the growing base of production print equipment. Cost of supplies as a percentage of supplies revenue was virtually unchanged at 31.2% in 2014 compared to 31.3% in 2013.

19

Software
Software revenue decreased 10% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation adversely impacted software revenue by 5%. Software revenue in 2015 compared to 2014 was also impacted by 4% due to more significant licensing deals in 2014 compared to 2015. Excluding the impact of foreign currency and the significant licensing deals in 2014, software revenue declined 1%, primarily due to declines in maintenance, data and services revenue. Cost of software as a percentage of software revenue increased to 29.4% in 2015 compared to 28.8% in 2014 primarily due to the decline in high-margin licensing revenue.

Software revenue increased 8% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a 33% increase in worldwide licensing revenue from our software solutions products, particularly enterprise location intelligence. Cost of software as a percentage of software revenue increased to 28.8% compared to 27.8% in the prior year primarily due to investments in the specialization of the software sales channel and higher production costs.

Rentals
Rentals revenue decreased 9% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation adversely impacted rentals revenue by 3%. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, rentals revenue declined 6% primarily due to the continuing decline in the number of installed meters and shift by clients to less-featured, lower cost machines. Cost of rentals as a percentage of rentals revenue improved to 19.1% in 2015 compared to 20.1% in 2014 primarily due to lower depreciation.

Rentals revenue decreased 5% in 2014 compared to 2013. Rentals revenue declined 4% due to a reduction in the number of installed meters and clients downgrading to lower cost, less functional machines and 1% due to lower rentals revenue in France. Cost of rentals as a percentage of rentals revenue increased to 20.1% compared to 19.6% in the prior year primarily due to a higher proportion of fixed costs as a percentage of revenue.

Financing
Financing revenue decreased 5% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation accounted for 3% of the decrease and lower equipment sales in prior periods and a declining lease portfolio accounted for the remaining decrease. Financing revenue decreased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013 as a result of declining equipment sales in prior years.

We allocate a portion of our total cost of borrowing to financing interest expense. In computing financing interest expense, we assume a 10:1 debt to equity leverage ratio and apply our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables. Due to declining equipment sales in prior periods, average outstanding finance receivables declined. As a result, financing interest expense declined 9% in 2015 compared to 2014. Financing interest expense as a percentage of financing revenue improved to 17.5% in 2015 compared to 18.1% in 2014. Financing interest expense as a percentage of financing revenue increased in 2014 as compared to 2013 due to an increase in our overall effective interest rate.
 
Support Services
Support services revenue decreased 11% in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to 5% from foreign currency translation and 2% from Divested Businesses. Support services revenue was also impacted by lower maintenance contracts on production mail equipment as some in-house mailers moved their mail processing to third-party service bureaus who service some of their own equipment. Cost of support services as a percentage of support services revenue decreased to 58.2% in 2015 compared to 60.3% in 2014 primarily due to expense reductions and productivity initiatives.

Support services revenue decreased 3% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to declines in our mailing business due to fewer installed mailing machines in North America and the impact of Divested Businesses. Cost of support services as a percentage of support services revenue improved to 60.3% in 2014 compared to 61.9% in 2013 primarily due to continued focus on expense reductions and productivity initiatives.
Business Services
Business services revenue increased 3% in 2015 compared to 2014. Business services revenue for 2015 was impacted by the sale of
Imagitas in May 2015 and the acquisition of Borderfree in June 2015. Excluding the impacts of these transactions, business services
revenue increased 5% in 2015 compared to 2014. Higher volumes of mail processed in Presort Services increased business services
revenue 2% and additional volumes of packages shipped from our U.K. outbound cross-border service facility increased business services revenue 4%. Cost of business services as a percentage of business services revenue improved to 68.1% in 2015 and compared to 70.0% in 2014, primarily due to operational efficiencies in Presort Services and higher revenue.

Business services revenue increased 23% in 2014 compared to 2013. Higher volumes in our global ecommerce solutions contributed to

20

a 17% increase, higher volumes of first-class mail processed and improved operational efficiencies in our Presort Services business contributed to a 4% increase and higher marketing services fees due to new clients contributed to a 2% increase. Cost of business services as a percentage of business services revenue improved to 70.0% in 2014 compared to 71.3% in 2013 as margin improvement in our presort operations and marketing services more than offset our continuing investment in our global ecommerce solutions.

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
SG&A expense decreased 7% in 2015 compared to 2014 despite expenses of $13 million associated with implementation of our ERP system, a one-time compensation charge of $10 million for the accelerated vesting and settlement of Borderfree stock-based compensation awards, additional amortization expense of $9 million related to the acquisition of Borderfree and costs of $5 million related to the exit of certain geographic markets during the fourth quarter of 2015. The overall decrease in SG&A expense is primarily due to our focus on operational excellence and the benefits of productivity and cost-cutting initiatives. Foreign currency translation also reduced SG&A expenses by 4% in 2015.

SG&A expense decreased 3% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the benefits of our restructuring actions and productivity initiatives and lower depreciation expense. These benefits were partially offset by expenses of $36 million incurred in connection with expanded branding and marketing programs and the planned implementation of an ERP system.

Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net

Restructuring charges and asset impairments of $26 million in 2015 consists of a restructuring charge of $21 million and a loss of $5 million on the sale of the corporate headquarters building. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Other (income) expense, net
Other income, net for 2015 includes the gain on the sale of Imagitas of $112 million, transaction costs of $10 million incurred in connection with the acquisitions of Borderfree and RTC (see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and a charge of $7 million associated with the settlement of a legal matter (see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
Other expense, net for 2014 includes costs of $62 million incurred in connection with the early redemption of debt offset by $16 million recognized in connection with the divestiture of a partnership investment.
Other expense, net for 2013 includes costs associated with the early redemption of debt.

Income taxes
See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Discontinued operations
See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests
See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

21

Business Segments
The principal products and services of each of our reportable segments are as follows:
Small & Medium Business Solutions:
North America Mailing: Includes the revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental, financing and servicing of mailing equipment, software and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create physical and digital mail and evidence postage for the sending of mail, flats and parcels in the U.S. and Canada.
International Mailing: Includes the revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental, financing and servicing of mailing equipment, software and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create physical and digital mail and evidence postage for the sending of mail, flats and parcels in areas outside the U.S. and Canada.

Enterprise Business Solutions:
Production Mail: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale of production mail inserting and sortation equipment, high-speed production print systems, supplies and related support services to large enterprise clients to process inbound and outbound mail.
Presort Services: Includes revenue and related expenses from presort mail services for our large enterprise clients to qualify large mail volumes for postal worksharing discounts.

Digital Commerce Solutions:
Software Solutions: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale of non-equipment-based mailing, customer information engagement, location intelligence and customer engagement solutions and related support services.
Global Ecommerce: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from cross-border ecommerce and shipping solutions.
 
We determine segment EBIT by deducting the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment from segment revenue. Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and other items, which are not allocated to a particular business segment. Management uses segment EBIT to measure profitability and performance at the segment level. Management believes segment EBIT provides a useful measure of our operating performance and underlying trends of the businesses. Segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and therefore, should be read in conjunction with our consolidated results of operations. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of segment EBIT to income from continuing operations before income taxes.
Revenue and EBIT by business segment are presented in the tables below.

 	Revenue	
 	Years Ended December 31,	 	% change	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015	 	2014	
North America Mailing	$	1,435	
 	 	$	1,492	
 	 	$	1,555	
 	 	(4	)%	 	(4	)%	
International Mailing	445	
 	 	572	
 	 	603	
 	 	(22	)%	 	(5	)%	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	1,880	
 	 	2,064	
 	 	2,158	
 	 	(9	)%	 	(4	)%	
Production Mail	421	
 	 	462	
 	 	512	
 	 	(9	)%	 	(10	)%	
Presort Services	474	
 	 	457	
 	 	430	
 	 	4	 %	 	6	 %	
Enterprise Business Solutions	895	
 	 	919	
 	 	942	
 	 	(3	)%	 	(2	)%	
Software Solutions	386	
 	 	429	
 	 	395	
 	 	(10	)%	 	9	 %	
Global Ecommerce	362	
 	 	282	
 	 	170	
 	 	29	 %	 	66	 %	
Digital Commerce Solutions	748	
 	 	711	
 	 	565	
 	 	5	 %	 	26	 %	
Other	55	
 	 	128	
 	 	126	
 	 	(57	)%	 	1	 %	
Total	$	3,578	
 	 	$	3,822	
 	 	$	3,791	
 	 	(6	)%	 	1	 %	

22

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	EBIT	
 	Years Ended December 31,	 	% change	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015	 	2014	
North America Mailing	$	647	
 	 	$	642	
 	 	$	641	
 	 	1	 %	 	—	 %	
International Mailing	51	
 	 	89	
 	 	72	
 	 	(42	)%	 	24	 %	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	698	
 	 	731	
 	 	712	
 	 	(5	)%	 	3	 %	
Production Mail	48	
 	 	48	
 	 	55	
 	 	1	 %	 	(14	)%	
Presort Services	105	
 	 	98	
 	 	83	
 	 	7	 %	 	18	 %	
Enterprise Business Solutions	153	
 	 	146	
 	 	138	
 	 	5	 %	 	5	 %	
Software Solutions	49	
 	 	51	
 	 	48	
 	 	(5	)%	 	7	 %	
Global Ecommerce	19	
 	 	17	
 	 	1	
 	 	16	 %	 	>100%	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	68	
 	 	68	
 	 	49	
 	 	—	 %	 	39	 %	
Other	10	
 	 	19	
 	 	6	
 	 	(45	)%	 	229	 %	
Total	$	929	
 	 	$	964	
 	 	$	905	
 	 	(4	)%	 	6	 %	
Small & Medium Business Solutions
North America Mailing
North America Mailing revenue decreased 4% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation had a 1% unfavorable impact on revenue. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, rentals revenue and support services revenue decreased 5% and 7%, respectively, due to the continuing decline in installed meters and shift by clients to lower cost, less fully featured machines. Equipment sales decreased 3% primarily due to the decline in the first half of the year caused by declining mail volumes and the continuing trend of clients to extend existing leases rather than purchasing new equipment. Partially offsetting these declines was a 3% increase in supplies sales due to productivity improvements and pricing actions. Despite the decline in revenue, EBIT increased 1% primarily due to the benefits of productivity improvements and cost reduction initiatives and a favorable product mix.
North America Mailing revenue decreased 4% in 2014 compared to 2013. This decrease was due to lower rentals revenue and support services revenue due to a decline in the number of installed meters in service and lower equipment sales primarily due to a temporary distraction due to the transition to an inside sales organization and reassignment of accounts and resources. Financing revenue also declined due to lower equipment sales in current and prior years, but was offset by higher supply sales due to sales efficiencies and favorable pricing. Despite the decline in revenue, EBIT remained relatively flat due to cost savings from the transition to an inside sales organization and other ongoing productivity initiatives and cost reductions.

International Mailing
International Mailing revenue decreased 22% in 2015 as compared to 2014. Revenue was unfavorably impacted by 12% from foreign currency translation and 3% from Divested Businesses. Excluding the impacts of foreign currency and Divested Businesses, revenue decreased 7%. International Mailing results have been adversely impacted throughout the year by difficult economic circumstances in many of our international markets and productivity disruptions caused by the implementation of our go-to-market strategy in certain European markets, particularly in France. EBIT decreased 42% in 2015 as compared to 2014, primarily due to the decline in revenue and reduced margins due to productivity disruptions and incremental costs of transitioning the sales organization in France. Foreign currency translation unfavorably impacted EBIT by 10% in 2015.
International Mailing revenue decreased 5% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the impact of Divested Businesses and lower equipment sales and rentals in France. EBIT increased 24% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to productivity and cost reduction initiatives and savings from the transition to an inside sales organization in certain European markets.

23

Enterprise Business Solutions
Production Mail
Production Mail revenue decreased 9% in 2015 compared to 2014. Revenue was unfavorably impacted by 5% from foreign currency translation and by less than 1% from Divested Businesses. Excluding the impacts of foreign currency and Divested Businesses, production mail revenue decreased 3% primarily due to declines in support services revenue of 5% as some in-house mailers moved their mail processing to third-party service bureaus who service some of their own equipment. Equipment sales decreased 1% compared to the prior year as lower sales in Europe and Asia-Pacific were mostly offset by higher sales in the United States. Despite the decline in revenue, EBIT increased 1% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to a higher margin product mix and ongoing cost reduction initiatives.

Production Mail revenue decreased 10% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to a 19% decline in equipment sales due to significant installations of production mail inserters and high-speed printers to certain enterprise customers in 2013. Support services revenue also declined but was more than offset by higher supplies revenue due to the growing base of production printers. EBIT decreased 14% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the decline in revenue.

Presort Services
Presort Services revenue increased 4% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to a 6% increase in the volume of mail processed. EBIT increased 7% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the increase in revenue and lower transportation costs.

Presort Services revenue increased 6% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to a 2% increase in the volume of first-class mail processed and improved operational efficiencies. EBIT increased 18% in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the increase in revenue and improved operational efficiencies.

Digital Commerce Solutions
Software
Software Solutions revenue decreased 10% in 2015 compared to 2014. Foreign currency translation unfavorably impacted revenue by 5%. Software revenue in 2015 compared to 2014 was also impacted by 4% due to more significant licensing deals in 2014 as compared to 2015. Excluding the impact of foreign currency and significant licensing deals in 2014, software revenue declined 1%, primarily due to declines in maintenance, data and services revenue. EBIT decreased 5% primarily as a result of lower high-margin licensing revenue.

Software Solutions revenue increased 9% in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a higher worldwide licensing revenue from our software solutions products, particularly enterprise location intelligence. Licensing revenue increased 36% in North America and 29% internationally, primarily due to product enhancements and investments in the specialization of the software sales channel. EBIT increased 7% primarily due to the increase in revenue.

Global Ecommerce
Global Ecommerce revenue increased 29% in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the acquisition of Borderfree and higher volumes
of packages shipped from our U.K. outbound cross-border service facility, which began in the fourth quarter of 2014. Volumes of packages shipped from our U.S. outbound cross-border service facility were lower than the prior year and continue to be pressured by a strong U.S. dollar. EBIT increased 16% in 2015 compared to 2014 as synergy savings from the Borderfree acquisition and recognition of $6 million of deferred cross-border delivery fees were more than offset by the incremental costs related to the Borderfree acquisition including $9 million of additional amortization expense.

Global Ecommerce revenue increased 66% in 2014 compared to 2013 due to an increase in the number of orders processed and parcels shipped. Late in the third quarter of 2014, we began outbound ecommerce services from the U.K., which had a small benefit to the full-year revenue. EBIT increased significantly in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the increase in revenue and improved operating leverage which offset fixed costs and continued investments in global ecommerce technology and infrastructure.
Other
Other includes our Marketing Services business which was sold in May 2015.

24

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We believe that existing cash and investments, cash generated from operations and borrowing capacity under our commercial paper program will be sufficient to support our current cash needs, including discretionary uses such as capital investments, dividends, share repurchases and acquisitions. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $768 million at December 31, 2015 and $1,103 million at December 31, 2014. We continuously review our credit profile through published credit ratings and the credit default swap market. We also monitor the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties, depository banks or credit providers.

Cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries were $470 million at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries are generally used to support the liquidity needs of these subsidiaries. Most of these amounts could be repatriated to the U.S. but would be subject to additional taxes. Repatriation of some foreign balances is restricted by local laws.

Cash Flow Summary
The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows:

 	Years Ended December 31,	 	Change	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015	 	2014	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	514	
 	 	$	655	
 	 	$	625	
 	 	$	(141	)	 	$	30	
 	
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(303	)	 	(147	)	 	241	
 	 	(156	)	 	(388	)	
Net cash used in financing activities	(571	)	 	(312	)	 	(868	)	 	(259	)	 	556	
 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(44	)	 	(29	)	 	(13	)	 	(15	)	 	(16	)	
Change in cash and cash equivalents	$	(404	)	 	$	167	
 	 	$	(15	)	 	$	(571	)	 	$	182	
 	
Cash flows from operations decreased $141 million in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to the timing of payments of accounts payable and accrued liabilities including, higher employee-related payments, and higher inventory purchases, primarily for parts and supplies in the U.S. and U.K., lower collections of accounts receivable due to timing and amounts received in the prior year for transition services in connection with the sale of our Management Services business. These decreases were partially offset by lower interest and tax payments.

Cash flows from operations increased $30 million in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to higher income and lower tax and interest payments partially offset by higher cash payments related to the early repayment of debt and changes in working capital accounts, primarily due to lower cash flows from changes in inventory and accounts receivable. Cash management initiatives implemented in 2013 significantly improved working capital and cash flows from operations. In 2014, we continued to see benefits from changes in accounts receivable and inventory; however, the benefits were not as dramatic as in 2013. The timing of payments for accounts payables and accrued liabilities partially offset these reductions in cash flow from working capital.
    
Cash flows used by investing activities were $156 million higher in 2015 compared to 2014. In 2015, we paid $394 million for acquisitions, purchased short term investments of $69 million, received proceeds of $292 million from the sale of Imagitas and $52 million from the sale of our former corporate headquarters building and other assets. During 2014, we received proceeds of $102 million from the sale of businesses.

Cash flows from investing activities were $388 million lower in 2014 compared to 2013. In 2014, we received $102 million from the sale of businesses compared to $390 million in 2013. Higher cash outflows of $48 million for the purchase of available for sale investments and $43 million of higher capital expenditures primarily due to spending on our global ERP system also contributed to the decrease in cash flows from investing activities in 2014.
     
Cash flows used in financing activities increased $259 million in 2015 due to higher net payments to reduce debt and higher stock repurchases in 2015. During 2015, we reduced total debt by $275 million and repurchased $132 million of our common shares compared to a net reduction in total debt of $91 million and share repurchases of $50 million in 2014. Cash flows from financing activities increased $556 million in 2014 due to the timing of debt activity. See Financing and Capitalization section below for a detailed discussion of our debt activity for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

25

Financings and Capitalization
We are a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer with the SEC, which allows us to issue debt securities, preferred stock, preference stock, common stock, purchase contracts, depositary shares, warrants and units in an expedited fashion. We have a commercial paper program that is an important source of liquidity for us and a committed credit facility of $1.0 billion to support our commercial paper issuances. At December 31, 2015, there was $90 million of outstanding commercial paper borrowings with an effective interest rate of 1.1%. In 2015, commercial paper borrowings averaged $66 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 0.6% and the maximum amount of commercial paper outstanding at any point in time was $291 million. During 2014, we did not borrow under our commercial paper program. The credit facility was renewed in January 2015 and expires in January 2020. We have not drawn upon the credit facility.

2015 Activity
We redeemed the $110 million 5.25% notes due November 2022 at par plus accrued but unpaid interest and repaid the $275 million 5% notes. We also repaid $130 million of outstanding term loans and borrowed $150 million under a new term loan. The new term loan bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus .90%. The Eurodollar Rate on the date of funding was .59%. The term loan matures in December 2016 but can be extended to June 2017 at our option.

In January 2016, we borrowed $300 million under a new term loan and used the proceeds to repay a portion of the $371 million, 4.75% notes due January 15, 2016. The remaining portion was repaid through cash from operations. The new term loan bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 1.25% and matures in December 2020. The Eurodollar Rate on the date of funding was .62%.

2014 Activity
We issued $500 million of 4.625% fixed rate 10-year notes. The notes mature in March 2024, but may be redeemed, at any time, in whole or in part, at our option. If the notes are redeemed prior to December 15, 2023, the redemption price will be equal to the sum of 100% of the principal amount, accrued and unpaid interest and a make-whole payment. Net proceeds of $493 million received after fees and discounts were used to fund the 2014 Tender Offer (see below).
We redeemed an aggregate $500 million of the 5.75% Notes due 2017 and the 5.25% Notes due 2037 through a cash tender offer (the 2014 Tender Offer). Holders who validly tendered their notes received the principal amount, all accrued and unpaid interest and a premium payment. We incurred expenses of $62 million, consisting of the call premium, the write-off of unamortized costs and bank transaction fees.
We also repaid $100 million of outstanding term loans and received a loan of $16 million from the State of Connecticut in connection with the relocation of our corporate headquarters. The loan consisted of a $15 million development loan and $1 million jobs-training grant that is subject to refund if certain conditions are not met. The loan requires monthly interest payments through November 2020 and principal and interest payments from December 2020 through maturity in November 2024. In 2015, we satisfied the conditions under the jobs-training grant.
2013 Activity
We issued $425 million of 6.7% fixed-rate 30-year notes. The notes mature in March 2043, but may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at our option any time on or after March 2018 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Net proceeds of $412 million received after fees and discounts were used to fund the 2013 Tender Offer (see below).

We redeemed an aggregate $405 million of the 4.875% notes due 2014, the 5.0% notes due 2015, and the 4.75% notes due 2016 through a cash tender offer (the 2013 Tender Offer). Holders who validly tendered their notes received the principal amount, all accrued and unpaid interest and a premium payment. We received $5 million from the unwinding of certain interest rate swap agreements and recognized a net loss of $25 million, consisting primarily of the premium payment .

We redeemed $375 million of maturing 3.875% notes and an additional $300 million of 4.875% notes that were scheduled to mature in August 2014. In connection with the early redemption of the notes, we received $3 million from the unwinding of an interest rate swap and incurred expenses of $8 million, consisting primarily of a premium payment .

Debt Maturities
We have $2 billion of debt maturing within the next five years. While we fully expect to be able to fund these maturities with cash or by refinancing through the U.S. capital markets, these obligations could increase our vulnerability to adverse market conditions and impact our ability to refinance existing maturities. In addition, in October 2016, the $300 million of outstanding Preferred Stock of one of our subsidiaries is redeemable at our option. If we do not redeem, the dividend rate increases 50% and will increase 50% every six months thereafter. We are currently evaluating various alternatives to redeem or refinance the Preferred Stock. See Note 16` to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

26

Dividends and Share Repurchases
We paid dividends to our common stockholders of $150 million ($0.75 per share), $152 million ($0.75 per share) and $189 million ($0.94 per share) in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Each quarter, our Board of Directors considers our recent and projected earnings and other capital needs and priorities in deciding whether to approve the payment, as well as the amount of a dividend. There are no material restrictions on our ability to declare dividends.

We repurchased $132 million of our common shares during 2015 and $50 million of our common shares during 2014. At December 31, 2015, we had authorization to repurchase up to $65 million of our common shares. In February 2016, we received authorization to repurchase an additional $150 million of outstanding stock. We expect to repurchase up to $215 million of our common stock during 2016.

Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our known contractual obligations at December 31, 2015 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:

 	Payments due in	
 	Total	 	2016	 	2017-18	 	2019-20	 	After 2020	
Commercial paper borrowings	$	90	
 	 	$	90	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Debt maturities	2,862	
 	 	371	
 	 	1,135	
 	 	301	
 	 	1,055	
 	
Interest payments on debt (1)	1,261	
 	 	133	
 	 	205	
 	 	119	
 	 	804	
 	
Preferred stock (2)	300	
 	 	300	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Non-cancelable operating lease obligations	202	
 	 	40	
 	 	57	
 	 	37	
 	 	68	
 	
Purchase obligations (3)	203	
 	 	188	
 	 	15	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Pension plan contributions (4)	55	
 	 	55	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Retiree medical payments (5)	166	
 	 	19	
 	 	37	
 	 	34	
 	 	76	
 	
Total	$	5,139	
 	 	$	1,196	
 	 	$	1,449	
 	 	$	491	
 	 	$	2,003	

The amount and period of future payments related to our income tax uncertainties cannot be reliably estimated and are not included in the above table. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 	 	
(1)	Assumes all debt is held to maturity. Certain notes are redeemable, either at our option or the bondholders, at par plus accrued interest before the scheduled maturity date.	
 	 	
(2)	Represents outstanding Preferred Stock of one of our subsidiaries that is redeemable at our option. If we do not redeem by October 30, 2016, the dividend rate increases 50% and will increase 50% every six months thereafter.	
 	 	
(3)	Includes unrecorded agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding upon us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.	
 	 	
(4)	Represents the amount of contributions we anticipate making to our pension plans during 2016; however, we will assess our funding alternatives as the year progresses.	
 	 	
(5)	Our retiree health benefit plans are non-funded plans and cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred. The amounts reported in the above table represent our estimate of future benefits payments.	

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2015, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for detailed information about our commitments and contingencies.

27

Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about certain items that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting policies below have been identified by management as those accounting policies that are most critical to our financial statements due to the estimates and assumptions required. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriate based on the information available at the time the financial statements were prepared; however, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of our accounting policies.

Revenue recognition - Multiple element arrangements
We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a sale or non-cancelable lease of equipment, a meter rental and an equipment maintenance agreement. As a result, we are required to determine whether the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the delivered elements and when to recognize revenue for each element. We recognize revenue for delivered elements only when the fair values of undelivered elements are known, customer acceptance has occurred and payment is probable.

In these multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to each of the elements based on relative "selling prices" and the selling price for each of the elements is determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). We establish VSOE of selling prices for our products and services based on the prices charged for each element when sold separately in standalone transactions. The allocation of relative selling price to the various elements impacts the timing of revenue recognition, but does not change the total revenue recognized. Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For a sale transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions. For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments. The amount allocated to equipment is compared to the range of selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment amount approximates average selling prices.

We also have multiple element arrangements containing only software and software related elements. Under these arrangements, revenue is allocated based on VSOE, which is based on company specific stand-alone sales data or renewal rates. If we cannot obtain VSOE for any undelivered software element, revenue is deferred until all deliverables have been delivered or until VSOE can be determined for any remaining undelivered software elements. When the fair value of a delivered element cannot be established, but fair value evidence exists for the undelivered software elements, we use the residual method to recognize revenue. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement consideration is allocated to the delivered elements and recognized as revenue.

Pension benefits
The valuation of our pension assets and obligations and the calculation of net periodic pension expense are dependent on assumptions and estimates relating to, among other things, the interest rate used to discount the future estimated liability (discount rate) and the expected rate of return on plan assets. These assumptions are evaluated and updated annually and are described in further detail in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The discount rate for our largest plan, the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.S. Plan) is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to a pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan), is determined by using a model that discounts each year's estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. The discount rate used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2015 was 4.15% for the U.S. Plan and 3.7% for the U.K. Plan. For 2016, the discount rate used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan will be 4.55% and 3.75%, respectively. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would impact annual pension expense by less than $1 million for both the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan, and the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. Plan and U.K. Plan by $43 million and $21 million, respectively.

Pension assets are exposed to various risks such as interest rate, market and credit risks. We invest our pension plan assets in a variety of investment securities in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy. The expected return on plan assets is based on historical and expected future returns for current and targeted asset allocations for each asset class in the investment portfolio, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, as compared to the benchmark returns. The expected rate of return on

28

plan assets used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2015 was 7.0% for both the U.S. Plan and the U.K. Plan. For 2016, the expected rate of return on plan assets used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for the U.S. Plan will be 7.0% and the U.K. Plan will be 6.5%. A 0.25% change in the expected rate of return on plan assets would impact annual pension expense for the U.S. Plan by $4 million and the U.K. Plan by $1 million. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the allocation of pension assets.

Actual pension plan results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized over the life expectancy of inactive plan participants and affect future pension expense. Net pension expense is also based on a market-related valuation of plan assets where differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized in the calculation of the market-related value of assets over a five-year period. Effective December 31, 2014, plan benefits for participants in a majority of our U.S. and foreign pension plans were frozen.

Residual value of leased assets
We provide financing for our equipment sales primarily through sales-type leases. Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term. Residual value estimates impact the determination of whether a lease is classified as an operating lease or a sales-type lease. Estimates of equipment fair value at end of lease term are based primarily on our historical experience. We also consider forecasted supply and demand for our various products, product retirement and future product launch plans, end of lease client behavior, regulatory changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, if any, competition and technological changes.

We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered "other-than-temporary" are recognized immediately. Estimated increases in future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed. If the actual residual value of leased assets were 10% lower than management's current estimates, pre-tax income would be lower by $11 million.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses
We estimate our credit risk for accounts receivables and finance receivables and provide allowances for estimated losses. We believe that our credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our clients and evaluate the adequacy of the applicable allowance based on historical loss experience, past due status, adverse situations that may affect a client's ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions and make adjustments to the reserves as deemed necessary. This evaluation is inherently subjective and actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves.

The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of trade receivables was 2.0% at December 31, 2015 and 2.4% at December 31, 2014. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the allowance rate at December 31, 2015 would have changed the 2015 provision by $1 million.

Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of finance receivables was 1.3% at December 31, 2015 and 1.5% at December 31, 2014. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the allowance rate at December 31, 2015 would have changed the 2015 provision by $4 million.

Income taxes and valuation allowance
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our annual tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates, tax reserve changes and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining the annual tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions.

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. Tax reserves have been established that we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires us to exercise judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax laws. The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Significant judgment is also required in determining the amount of valuation allowance to be recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and the amount of such allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies.

29

If new information becomes available that would alter our estimate of the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized, we adjust the valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

Impairment review
Long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets is compared to the carrying value. We derive the cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and historical experience. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate. Changes in the estimates and assumptions incorporated in our impairment assessment could materially affect the determination of fair value and the associated impairment charge.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step approach. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined and compared to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had been acquired in a business combination and the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference.

Significant estimates and assumptions are used in our goodwill impairment review and include the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined based on a combination of techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses. The assumptions used to estimate fair value are based on projections incorporated in our current operating plans as well as other available information. Our operating plans include significant assumptions and estimates associated with sales growth, profitability and related cash flows, along with cash flows associated with taxes and capital spending. The determination of fair value also incorporates a risk-adjusted discount rate based on current interest rates and the economic conditions of the reporting unit. We also consider other assumptions that market participants may use. Changes in any of these estimates or assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and the associated goodwill impairment charge for each reporting unit. Potential events and circumstances, such as the inability to acquire new clients, downward pressures on pricing and rising interest rates could have an adverse impact on our assumptions and result in non-cash impairment charges in future periods.

Based on the results of the annual impairment test performed during the fourth quarter of 2015, we determined that the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value by more than 20%.

Stock-based compensation expense
We recognize compensation cost for stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. Compensation costs for those shares expected to vest are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The fair value of stock awards is estimated using a Black-Scholes valuation model or Monte Carlo simulation model. These models require assumptions to be made regarding the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, life of the award and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical price changes of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected life of the stock award. The expected life of the award and dividend yield are based on historical experience.

We believe that the valuation techniques and the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair value of our stock-based awards. If factors change causing our assumptions to change, our stock-based compensation expense could be different in the future. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.

30

Restructuring
We have undertaken restructuring actions which require management to utilize certain estimates related to the amount and timing of expenses. If the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of the restructuring charges could be impacted. On a quarterly basis, we update our estimates of future remaining obligations and costs associated with all restructuring actions and compare these updated estimates to our current restructuring reserves, and make adjustments if necessary.

Loss contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal action is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires significant judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions are based only on information that is available at that time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

Legal and Regulatory Matters
See Legal Proceedings in Item 3 for information regarding our legal proceedings and Other Tax Matters in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for regulatory matters regarding our tax returns.

Foreign Currency Exchange
During 2015, we derived 25% of our consolidated revenue from operations outside the United States. The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the local currency. Our largest foreign currency exposures are to the British pound, Euro, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar and Japanese Yen (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our foreign exchange derivative instruments). Changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of countries in which we operate impact our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Exchange rate fluctuations can also impact the settlement of intercompany receivables and payables between our subsidiaries in different countries. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the translation of foreign currencies to U.S. dollar decreased revenues by 4.0%, 0.4% and 0.4%, respectively. A continuing strong U.S. dollar could adversely affect our reported revenues and profitability, both from a translation perspective as well as a competitive perspective, as the cost of international competitors' products and solutions improve relative to products and solutions sold from the U.S. A strengthening dollar could also continue to affect the demand for U.S. goods sold to consumers in other countries through our global ecommerce solutions.

31

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations due to our investing and funding activities and our operations denominated in different foreign currencies. Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce the volatility in earnings and cash flows associated with the effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, we enter into various contracts, which change in value as foreign currency exchange rates change, to protect the value of external and intercompany transactions. The principal currencies actively hedged are the British pound and Euro.
At December 31, 2015, 92% of our debt was fixed rate obligations at a weighted average interest rate of 5.2%. Our variable rate debt, which consists of commercial paper and term loans, had a weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2015 of 1.35%. A one-percentage point change in the effective interest rate of our variable rate debt would not have had a material impact on our 2015 pre-tax income. To limit the volatility and impact of changing interest rates on earnings and cash flows, we may from time to time enter into interest rate swap agreements that convert fixed rate interest payments to variable rates and vice versa. During 2015 and 2014, we did not enter into any interest rate swap agreements.
We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks. We do not enter into foreign currency or interest rate transactions for speculative purposes. The gains and losses on these contracts are intended to offset changes in the value of the related exposures.
We utilize a "Value-at-Risk" (VaR) model to determine the potential loss in fair value from changes in market conditions. The VaR model utilizes a "variance/co-variance" approach and assumes normal market conditions, a 95% confidence level and a one-day holding period. The model includes all of our debt, interest rate derivative contracts and foreign exchange derivative contracts associated with forecasted transactions. The model excludes all anticipated transactions, firm commitments and accounts receivables and payables denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge. The VaR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that will be incurred, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.
During 2015 and 2014, our maximum potential one-day loss in fair value of our exposure to foreign exchange rates and interest rates, using the variance/co-variance technique described above, was not material.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data" in this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

32

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), that are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable (and not absolute) assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Management, under the direction of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding this caution, the CEO and CFO have reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2015.

We acquired Borderfree in a purchase business combination on in June 2015 as described in Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K. We are in the process of reviewing and evaluating the business and internal controls and processes of Borderfree and are implementing our internal control structure over this acquired business. Our evaluation and integration efforts will continue into 2016.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria issued by COSO in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) .

Pursuant to SEC guidance, a recently acquired business may be omitted from the scope of assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition. Accordingly, the recently acquired Borderfree business was excluded from our evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. The Borderfree business represents 8% of total assets and less than 2% of total revenue.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2015, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

33

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Other than information regarding our executive officers disclosed in Part I of this Annual Report, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Code of Ethics
We have a Business Practices Guidelines (BPG) that applies to all our officers and other employees. Our Board of Directors also has a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that applies to our directors. The BPG and the Code are posted on our corporate governance website located atwww.pb.com/us/our-company/leadership-and-governance/corporate-governance.html. Amendments to either the BPG or the Code and any waiver from a provision of the BPG or the Code requiring disclosure will be disclosed on our corporate governance website.

Audit Committee; Audit Committee Financial Expert
The information regarding the Audit committee, its members and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2015 regarding the number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Plan Category	 	(a)
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	 	(b)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights	 	(c)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (a)	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	11,606,329	
 	 	$28.18	 	20,092,604	
 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Total	 	11,606,329	
 	 	$28.18	 	20,092,604	

Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

34

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 	 	
(a)	1.    Financial statements - see "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data" on page 37 of this Form 10-K.	
2.    Financial statement schedules - see "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data" on page 37 of this Form 10-K.
3.    Index to Exhibits

Reg. S-K
exhibits	Description	Status or incorporation by reference	
3(a)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pitney Bowes Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(c) to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 12, 2011 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
3(b)	Pitney Bowes Inc. Amended and Restated By-laws (effective May 10, 2013)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(d) to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 13, 2013 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
4(a)	Form of Indenture between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-72304) filed with the Commission on October 26, 2001	
4(b)	Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated April 18, 2003 between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 18, 2004	
4(c)	Form of Indenture between the Company and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, dated as of February 14, 2005	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3ASR (No. 333-151753) filed with the Commission on June 18, 2008	
4(d)	First Supplemental Indenture, by and among Pitney Bowes Inc., The Bank of New York, and Citibank, N.A., to the Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2005, by and between the Company and Citibank	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 24, 2007 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(a) *	Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 1993 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(b) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (as amended and restated 1999)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(b.1) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (Amendment No. 1, effective as of May 12, 2003)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 11, 2003 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(b.2) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (Amendment No. 2, effective as of May 1, 2007)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b.2) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2007 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(b.3) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (Amended and Restated effective May 12, 2014)	Exhibit 10(b.3)	
10(c) *	Pitney Bowes Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2002)	Incorporated by reference to Annex 1 to the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 26, 2002 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(d) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 2009)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (v) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2010 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(e) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees' Incentive Plan (as amended and restated October 1, 2007) (as amended November 7, 2009)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (iv) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2010 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(f) *	Pitney Bowes Severance Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 29, 2008 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(g) *	Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 29, 2008 (Commission file number 1-3579)	

35

 	
 	 	 	
Reg. S-K
exhibits	Description	Status or incorporation by reference	
10(h) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for the Board of Directors, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(i) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(j) *	Pitney Bowes Inc. 1998 U.K. S.A.Y.E. Stock Option Plan	Incorporated by reference to Annex II to the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 23, 2006 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(k) *	Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2014 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(l)*	Stock purchase agreement dated May 11, 2015 between Pitney Bowes Inc. and Red Ventures HoldCo, LP.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed May 11, 2015 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(m)*	Agreement and plan of mergers dated May 5, 2015, by and among Pitney Bowes Inc., BrickBreaker Acquisition Corp and Borderfree Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed May 7, 2015 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
10(o)*	Pitney Bowes Director Equity Deferral plan dated November 8, 2013 (effective May 12, 2014)	Exhibit 10(o)	
10(p)*	Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan dated November 7, 2014	Exhibit 10(p)	
10(q)*	Pitney Bowes Inc. 2013 Stock Plan	Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 25, 2013 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
12	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges	Exhibit 12	
21	Subsidiaries of the registrant	Exhibit 21	
23	Consent of experts and counsel	Exhibit 23	
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	Exhibit 31.1	
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	Exhibit 31.2	
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	Exhibit 32.1	
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	Exhibit 32.2	
101.INS	XBRL Report Instance Document	 	
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	 	
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document	 	
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document	 	
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document	 	
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document	 	
* The Exhibits identified above with an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

The Company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness. Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company; therefore, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such indebtedness are not included as exhibits. The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.

36

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:February 22, 2016        PITNEY BOWES INC.
Registrant

By: /s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	 	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach	 	President and Chief Executive Officer - Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Michael Monahan
Michael Monahan	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Steven J. Green
Steven J. Green	 	Vice President-Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Michael I. Roth
Michael I. Roth	 	Non-Executive Chairman - Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Linda G. Alvarado
Linda G. Alvarado	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Anne M. Busquet
Anne M. Busquet	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Roger Fradin
Roger Fradin	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Anne Sutherland Fuchs	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé
Eduardo R. Menascé	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ Linda S. Sanford
Linda S. Sanford	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ David L. Shedlarz
David L. Shedlarz	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	
/s/ David B. Snow, Jr.
David B. Snow, Jr.	 	Director	 	February 22, 2016	

37

 	
 	 	 	
 	 	Page Number	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	39	
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc.	 	
 	Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	40	
 	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	41	
 	Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014	42	
 	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	43	
 	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	44	
 	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	45	
Financial Statement Schedule	 	
 	Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves	91	

38

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework  (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it classifies deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for discontinued operations in 2014.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As described in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Borderfree from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2015. We have also excluded Borderfree from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Borderfree is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total consolidated assets and total consolidated net revenues represent approximately 8% and approximately 2%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, CT
February 22, 2016

39

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue:	 	

Equipment sales	$	695,159	
 	 	$	770,371	
 	 	$	867,593	
 	
Supplies	288,103	
 	 	300,040	
 	 	285,730	
 	
Software	386,506	
 	 	429,743	
 	 	398,664	
 	
Rentals	441,663	
 	 	484,629	
 	 	512,493	
 	
Financing	410,035	
 	 	432,859	
 	 	448,906	
 	
Support services	554,764	
 	 	625,135	
 	 	646,657	
 	
Business services	801,830	
 	 	778,727	
 	 	631,292	
 	
Total revenue	3,578,060	
 	 	3,821,504	
 	 	3,791,335	
 	
Costs and expenses:	 	

Cost of equipment sales	331,069	
 	 	365,724	
 	 	422,580	
 	
Cost of supplies	88,802	
 	 	93,675	
 	 	89,365	
 	
Cost of software	113,580	
 	 	123,760	
 	 	110,653	
 	
Cost of rentals	84,188	
 	 	97,338	
 	 	100,335	
 	
Financing interest expense	71,791	
 	 	78,562	
 	 	77,719	
 	
Cost of support services	322,960	
 	 	377,003	
 	 	400,038	
 	
Cost of business services	546,201	
 	 	544,729	
 	 	449,932	
 	
Selling, general and administrative	1,279,961	
 	 	1,378,400	
 	 	1,420,096	
 	
Research and development	110,156	
 	 	109,931	
 	 	110,412	
 	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net	25,782	
 	 	84,560	
 	 	84,344	
 	
Interest expense, net	87,583	
 	 	90,888	
 	 	109,268	
 	
Other (income) expense, net	(94,838	)	 	45,738	
 	 	32,639	
 	
Total costs and expenses	2,967,235	
 	 	3,390,308	
 	 	3,407,381	
 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	610,825	
 	 	431,196	
 	 	383,954	
 	
Provision for income taxes	189,778	
 	 	112,815	
 	 	77,967	
 	
Income from continuing operations	421,047	
 	 	318,381	
 	 	305,987	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	5,271	
 	 	33,749	
 	 	(144,777	)	
Net income	426,318	
 	 	352,130	
 	 	161,210	
 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	18,375	
 	 	18,375	
 	 	18,375	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	407,943	
 	 	$	333,755	
 	 	$	142,835	
 	
Amounts attributable to common stockholders:	 	

Net income from continuing operations	$	402,672	
 	 	$	300,006	
 	 	$	287,612	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	5,271	
 	 	33,749	
 	 	(144,777	)	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	407,943	
 	 	$	333,755	
 	 	$	142,835	
 	
Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):	 	

Continuing operations	$	2.01	
 	 	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.43	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.72	)	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.04	
 	 	$	1.65	
 	 	$	0.71	
 	
Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):	 	

Continuing operations	$	2.00	
 	 	$	1.47	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.71	)	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.03	
 	 	$	1.64	
 	 	$	0.70	

Dividends declared per share of common stock	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.9375	

(1)	The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	$	426,318	
 	 	$	352,130	
 	 	$	161,210	
 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests	18,375	
 	 	18,375	
 	 	18,375	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	407,943	
 	 	333,755	
 	 	142,835	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translations	(88,137	)	 	(93,368	)	 	(46,236	)	
Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $484, $1,080 and $894, respectively	777	
 	 	1,691	
 	 	1,397	
 	
Net unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities, net of tax of $(1,427), $2,775 and $(3,689), respectively	(2,430	)	 	4,735	
 	 	(6,282	)	
Adjustments to pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $13,844, $(106,336) and $64,316, respectively	19,146	
 	 	(212,818	)	 	122,023	
 	
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $15,966, $15,643 and $19,228, respectively	28,165	
 	 	28,160	
 	 	35,755	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income	(42,479	)	 	(271,600	)	 	106,657	
 	
Comprehensive income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	365,464	
 	 	$	62,155	
 	 	$	249,492	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2015	 	December 31, 2014	
ASSETS	 	

Current assets:	 	

Cash and cash equivalents	$	650,557	
 	 	$	1,054,118	
 	
Short-term investments	117,021	
 	 	49,135	
 	
Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $9,262 and $10,742, respectively)	457,327	
 	 	437,275	
 	
Short-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $15,514 and $19,108, respectively)	935,170	
 	 	1,000,304	
 	
Inventories	88,824	
 	 	84,827	
 	
Current income taxes	6,584	
 	 	28,584	
 	
Other current assets and prepayments	64,325	
 	 	57,173	
 	
Assets held for sale	—	
 	 	52,271	
 	
Total current assets	2,319,808	
 	 	2,763,687	
 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	330,088	
 	 	285,091	
 	
Rental property and equipment, net	180,662	
 	 	200,380	
 	
Long-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $6,249 and $9,002, respectively)	763,054	
 	 	819,721	
 	
Goodwill	1,745,957	
 	 	1,672,721	
 	
Intangible assets, net	187,378	
 	 	82,173	
 	
Noncurrent income taxes	70,294	
 	 	98,806	
 	
Other assets	544,221	
 	 	577,123	
 	
Total assets	$	6,141,462	
 	 	$	6,499,702	

LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	
 	
Current liabilities:	 	

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	1,448,321	
 	 	$	1,572,971	
 	
Current income taxes	16,620	
 	 	30,527	
 	
Current portion of long-term obligations	461,085	
 	 	324,879	
 	
Advance billings	353,025	
 	 	386,846	
 	
Total current liabilities	2,279,051	
 	 	2,315,223	
 	
Deferred taxes on income	205,668	
 	 	114,950	
 	
Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities	68,429	
 	 	86,127	
 	
Long-term debt	2,507,912	
 	 	2,927,127	
 	
Other noncurrent liabilities	605,310	
 	 	682,646	
 	
Total liabilities	5,666,370	
 	 	6,126,073	

Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders’ equity in subsidiaries)	296,370	
 	 	296,370	
 	
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 17)	

 	

Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	
Cumulative preferred stock, $50 par value, 4% convertible	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Cumulative preference stock, no par value, $2.12 convertible	505	
 	 	548	
 	
Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized; 323,337,912 shares issued)	323,338	
 	 	323,338	
 	
Additional paid-in capital	161,280	
 	 	178,852	
 	
Retained earnings	5,155,537	
 	 	4,897,708	
 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(888,635	)	 	(846,156	)	
Treasury stock, at cost (127,816,704 and 122,309,948 shares, respectively)	(4,573,305	)	 	(4,477,032	)	
Total Pitney Bowes Inc. stockholders’ equity	178,721	
 	 	77,259	
 	
Total liabilities, noncontrolling interests and stockholders’ equity	$	6,141,461	
 	 	$	6,499,702	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

42

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	

Net income	$	426,318	
 	 	$	352,130	
 	 	$	161,210	
 	
Restructuring payments	(62,086	)	 	(56,162	)	 	(59,520	)	
Tax and other payments on sale of businesses and leveraged lease assets	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(75,545	)	
Net tax (payments) receipts from other investments	(20,602	)	 	5,737	
 	 	—	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	

Restructuring charges and asset impairments	25,782	
 	 	83,466	
 	 	86,175	
 	
Goodwill impairment	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	101,415	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	173,312	
 	 	198,088	
 	 	211,243	
 	
(Gain) loss on sale of businesses	(105,826	)	 	(28,151	)	 	42,450	
 	
Gain on sale of leveraged lease assets, net of tax	(2,152	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Stock-based compensation	21,049	
 	 	17,446	
 	 	14,921	
 	
Proceeds from settlement of derivative instruments	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	8,059	
 	
Deferred tax provision (benefit)	40,184	
 	 	1,454	
 	 	(33,770	)	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net of acquisitions/divestitures	(13,844	)	 	45,046	
 	 	58,980	
 	
Decrease in finance receivables	96,611	
 	 	119,668	
 	 	123,587	
 	
(Increase) decrease in inventories	(7,621	)	 	9,104	
 	 	67,188	
 	
(Increase) decrease in other current assets and prepayments	(10,787	)	 	(10,106	)	 	3,172	
 	
Decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(111,953	)	 	(51,080	)	 	(95,843	)	
Increase (decrease) in current and non-current income taxes	21,567	
 	 	(52,080	)	 	6,322	
 	
Increase (decrease) in advance billings	1,344	
 	 	(18,695	)	 	(16,450	)	
Other, net	43,343	
 	 	39,661	
 	 	21,230	
 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	514,639	
 	 	655,526	
 	 	624,824	
 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	

Purchases of available-for-sale securities	(205,256	)	 	(680,582	)	 	(374,230	)	
Proceeds from sales/maturities of investment securities	207,063	
 	 	628,727	
 	 	370,631	
 	
Purchases of held-to-maturity investments	(69,329	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Capital expenditures	(166,329	)	 	(180,556	)	 	(137,512	)	
Proceeds from sale of assets	52,110	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Reserve account deposits and other	(24,202	)	 	(15,666	)	 	(20,104	)	
Proceeds from sale of businesses, net of cash transferred	289,211	
 	 	102,392	
 	 	389,680	
 	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(393,695	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Other investing activities	7,339	
 	 	(1,585	)	 	12,691	
 	
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(303,088	)	 	(147,270	)	 	241,156	
 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	150,950	
 	 	508,525	
 	 	411,613	
 	
Principal payments of long-term obligations	(516,070	)	 	(599,850	)	 	(1,079,207	)	
Increase in short-term borrowings	90,000	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Dividends paid to stockholders	(150,114	)	 	(151,611	)	 	(188,846	)	
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests	(18,375	)	 	(18,375	)	 	(18,375	)	
Common stock repurchases	(131,719	)	 	(50,003	)	 	—	
 	
Other financing activities	4,603	
 	 	(530	)	 	6,753	
 	
Net cash used in financing activities	(570,725	)	 	(311,844	)	 	(868,062	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(44,387	)	 	(29,082	)	 	(12,973	)	
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(403,561	)	 	167,330	
 	 	(15,055	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	1,054,118	
 	 	886,788	
 	 	901,843	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	650,557	
 	 	$	1,054,118	
 	 	$	886,788	
 	
Cash interest paid	$	165,287	
 	 	$	180,250	
 	 	$	199,505	
 	
Cash income tax payments, net of refunds	$	138,877	
 	 	$	203,193	
 	 	$	224,432	
 	
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

43

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred
stock	 	Preference
stock	 	Common Stock	 	Additional Paid-in Capital	 	Retained earnings	 	Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	Treasury stock	 	Total equity	
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	4	
 	 	$	648	
 	 	$	323,338	
 	 	$	223,847	
 	 	$	4,761,575	
 	 	$	(681,213	)	 	$	(4,500,795	)	 	$	127,404	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	142,835	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	142,835	
 	
Other comprehensive loss	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	106,657	
 	 	—	
 	 	106,657	
 	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(188,800	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(188,800	)	
Preference	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(46	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(46	)	
Issuances of common stock	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(40,569	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	42,774	
 	 	2,205	
 	
Conversions to common stock	—	
 	 	(57	)	 	—	
 	 	(1,222	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,279	
 	 	—	
 	
Stock-based compensation	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	14,921	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	14,921	
 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	4	
 	 	591	
 	 	323,338	
 	 	196,977	
 	 	4,715,564	
 	 	(574,556	)	 	(4,456,742	)	 	205,176	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	333,755	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	333,755	
 	
Other comprehensive income	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(271,600	)	 	—	
 	 	(271,600	)	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(151,567	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(151,567	)	
Preference	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(44	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(44	)	
Issuances of common stock	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(27,081	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	28,697	
 	 	1,616	
 	
Conversions to common stock	(3	)	 	(43	)	 	—	
 	 	(970	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,016	
 	 	—	
 	
Stock-based compensation	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	17,446	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	17,446	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(50,003	)	 	(50,003	)	
Repurchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(7,520	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(7,520	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	1	
 	 	548	
 	 	323,338	
 	 	178,852	
 	 	4,897,708	
 	 	(846,156	)	 	(4,477,032	)	 	77,259	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	407,943	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	407,943	
 	
Other comprehensive loss	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(42,479	)	 	—	
 	 	(42,479	)	
Cash dividends	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(150,073	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(150,073	)	
Preference	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(41	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(41	)	
Issuances of common stock	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(37,705	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	34,487	
 	 	(3,218	)	
Conversions to common stock	
 	 	(43	)	 	—	
 	 	(916	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	959	
 	 	—	
 	
Stock-based compensation	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	21,049	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	21,049	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(131,719	)	 	(131,719	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1	
 	 	$	505	
 	 	$	323,338	
 	 	$	161,280	
 	 	$	5,155,537	
 	 	$	(888,635	)	 	$	(4,573,305	)	 	$	178,721	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

44

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
As a result of the acquisition of Borderfree, Inc. (Borderfree) in June 2015 and the sale of our Marketing Services business, Imagitas, in May 2015 (see Note 3), we realigned our segment reporting to conform to the way we now manage our segments and recast prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation (see Note 2). Our business continues to be organized around three distinct sets of solutions  –  Small and Medium Business (SMB) Solutions, Enterprise Business Solutions and Digital Commerce Solutions (DCS). Under the new segment reporting, there were no changes to SMB Solutions or Enterprise Business Solutions; however, within DCS, our Software Solutions operations and Global Ecommerce operations are reported as reportable segments. The Other segment is comprised of Imagitas. Imagitas was previously reported in DCS.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events, historical experience and other information available when the financial statements are prepared. These estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements, the allocation of purchase price to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, goodwill and intangible asset impairment review, allowance for doubtful accounts and credit losses, residual values of leased assets, useful lives of long-lived and intangible assets, restructuring costs, pensions and other postretirement costs, income tax reserves, deferred tax asset valuation allowance, stock-based compensation expense and loss contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
Cash equivalents include liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Short-term investments include investments with a maturity of greater than three months but less than one year from the reporting date.

Investment Securities
Investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Investment securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the effective interest method over the term of the security. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. Investment securities are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and other assets depending on the investment's maturity.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We estimate the probable losses on accounts receivable and provide an allowance for doubtful accounts. The estimate of probable losses is based on historical loss experience, aging of receivables, adverse situations that may affect a client's ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions. We continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts and make adjustments as necessary. The assumptions used in determining an estimate of probable losses are inherently subjective and actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves.

Accounts receivable are generally due within 30 days after the invoice date. Accounts deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.

45

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
Finance receivables are composed of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables. We estimate the probable losses and provide an allowance for credit losses. The estimate of probable losses is based on historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a client's ability to pay, prevailing economic conditions and our ability to manage the collateral. We continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and make adjustments as necessary. The assumptions used in determining an estimate of credit losses are inherently subjective and actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves.

We establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of the client and the type of equipment financed. Our policy is to discontinue revenue recognition for lease receivables that are more than 120 days past due and for unsecured loan receivables that are more than 90 days past due. We resume revenue recognition when the client's payments reduce the account aging to less than 60 days past due. Finance receivables deemed uncollectible are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the account to be uncollectible. We believe that our finance receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories and on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories.

Fixed Assets
Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which are up to 50 years for buildings, three to 15 years for machinery and equipment, four to six years for rental equipment and three to five years for computer equipment. Major improvements which add to productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. Fully depreciated assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service.

We capitalize certain costs of software developed for internal use. Capitalized costs include purchased materials and services, payroll and personnel-related costs and interest. The cost of internally developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, principally three to 10 years

Intangible assets
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally three to 15 years, using either the straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method.

Research and Development Costs
Research and product development costs include engineering costs related to research and product development activities and are expensed as incurred. 

Impairment Review for Long-lived and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is compared to the asset's carrying value. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an amount by which the asset's carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate. We derive cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and historical experience.

Impairment Review for Goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business that is one level below that operating segment. Reporting units are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step approach. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined and compared to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had been acquired in a business combination and the purchase price was equivalent to the fair

46

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

value of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined based on a combination of various techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses.

Retirement Plans
Net periodic benefit cost includes current service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and the amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Actuarial gains and losses arise from actual experiences that differ from previous assumptions as well as changes in assumptions including expected return on plan assets, discount rates used to measure pension and other postretirement obligations and life expectancy. The expected return on assets is measured using the market-related value of assets, which is a calculated value that recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over five years. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and amortized to benefit cost over the life expectancy of inactive plan participants. The funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Stock-based Compensation
We measure compensation expense for stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards expected to vest (net of estimated forfeitures) and recognize the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock awards is estimated using a Black-Scholes valuation model or a Monte Carlo simulation model. These models require assumptions be made regarding the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, life of the award and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based on historical price changes of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected life of the stock award. The expected life of the award and expected dividend yield are based on historical experience. We believe that the valuation techniques and underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair value of stock awards.

Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a sale or non-cancelable lease of equipment, a meter rental and an equipment maintenance agreement. In these multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to each of the elements based on relative "selling prices" and the selling price for each of the elements is determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). We establish VSOE of selling prices for our products and services based on the prices charged for each element when sold separately in standalone transactions. The allocation of relative selling price to the various elements impacts the timing of revenue recognition, but does not change the total revenue recognized. Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For a sale transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions. For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments. The amount allocated to equipment is compared to the range of selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment amount approximates average selling prices. More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows:

Sales Revenue
Sales of Equipment
We sell equipment directly to our customers and to distributors (re-sellers) throughout the world. We recognize revenue from these sales when the risks and rewards of ownership transfer to the client, which is generally upon shipment or acceptance by the customer. We recognize revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as equipment sales revenue at the inception of the lease. We do not typically offer any rights of return or stock balancing rights. Sales revenue from customized equipment, mail creation equipment and shipping products is generally recognized when installed.

Sales of Supplies
Revenue related to supplies is generally recognized upon delivery.

Standalone Software Sales and Integration Services
We also have multiple element arrangements containing only software and software related elements. Software related elements may include maintenance and support services, data subscriptions, training and integration services. Under these multiple element arrangements, we allocate revenue based on VSOE for software related elements and use the residual method to determine the amount of software licenses revenue. Under the residual method, the fair-value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement consideration is allocated to the delivered elements and recognized as revenue. The majority of our software license

47

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

arrangements are bundled with maintenance and support services and we establish VSOE of fair value using a bell-shaped curve analysis for maintenance and support services renewal rates. If we cannot obtain VSOE for any undelivered software element, revenue is deferred until all deliverables have been delivered or until VSOE can be determined for any remaining undelivered software elements.

We recognize revenue from standalone software licenses upon delivery of the product when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectability is probable. For software licenses that are included in a lease contract, we recognize revenue upon shipment of the software unless the lease contract specifies that the license expires at the end of the lease or the price of the software is deemed not fixed or determinable based on historical evidence of similar software leases. In these instances, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract. We recognize revenue from software requiring integration services at the point of customer acceptance. We recognize revenue related to off-the-shelf perpetual software licenses generally upon shipment.

Rentals Revenue
We rent equipment, primarily postage meters and mailing equipment, under short-term rental agreements. Rentals revenue includes revenue from the subscription for digital meter services. We may invoice in advance for postage meter rentals according to the terms of the agreement. We initially defer these advanced billings and recognize rentals revenue on a straight-line basis over the invoice period. Revenues generated from financing clients for the continued use of equipment subsequent to the expiration of the original lease are recognized as rentals revenue. 

We capitalize certain initial direct costs incurred in consummating a rental transaction and recognize these costs over the expected term of the agreement. Amortization of initial direct costs was $8 million, $10 million and $11 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Initial direct costs included in rental property and equipment, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $20 million and $22 million, respectively.

Financing Revenue
We provide lease financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases. We also provide revolving lines of credit to our clients for the purchase of postage and supplies. We believe that our sales-type lease portfolio contains only normal collection risk. Accordingly, we record the fair value of equipment as sales revenue, the cost of equipment as cost of sales and the minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value as finance receivables. The difference between the finance receivable and the equipment fair value is recorded as unearned income and is amortized as income over the lease term using the interest method.

Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of equipment fair value at the end of the lease term. Estimates of future equipment fair value are based primarily on historical experience. We also consider forecasted supply and demand for various products, product retirement and launch plans, regulatory changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, if any, competition and technological changes. We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered "other-than-temporary" are recognized immediately. Estimated increases in future residual values are not recognized until the equipment is remarketed.

Support Services Revenue
We provide support services for our equipment primarily through maintenance contracts. Revenue related to these agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

Business Services Revenue
Business services revenue includes revenue from presort mail services, global ecommerce solutions and shipping solutions. Prior to our divestiture of Imagitas in May 2015, business services revenue also included revenues from direct marketing services. Revenue for these services were recognized as the services were provided.

We also evaluate whether it is appropriate to record revenue on a gross basis when we are acting as a principal in the transaction or net of costs when we are acting as an agent between the client and the vendor. We consider several factors in determining whether we are acting as principal or agent such as whether we are the primary obligor to the client, have control over the pricing and have credit risk.

Shipping and Handling
Shipping and handling costs are recognized as incurred and recorded in cost of revenues.

48

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Deferred Marketing Costs
We capitalize certain costs associated with the acquisition of new customers and recognize these costs over the expected revenue stream of eight years. Amortization of deferred marketing costs was $18 million, $23 million and $27 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Deferred marketing costs included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $43 million and $49 million, respectively. We review individual marketing programs for impairment on a quarterly basis or as circumstances warrant.

Restructuring Charges
Costs associated with restructuring actions and other exit or disposal activities include employee severance and other employee separation costs and lease termination costs. These costs are recognized when a liability has been incurred, which is generally upon communication to the affected employees or exit from a leased facility, and the amount to be paid is both probable and reasonably estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on company policy, historical experience and negotiated settlements.

Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We limit these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives. We use derivative instruments to limit the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations on financial results and manage the related cost of debt. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

We record our derivative instruments at fair value and the accounting for changes in fair value depends on the intended use of the derivative, the resulting designation and the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge. To qualify as a hedge, a derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the risk designated for hedging purposes. The hedge relationship must be formally documented at inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge. The effectiveness of the hedge relationship is evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis.

The use of derivative instruments exposes us to counterparty credit risk. To mitigate such risks, we enter into contracts with only those financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements. We regularly review our credit exposure balances as well as the creditworthiness of our counterparties. We have not seen a material change in the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties.

Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of such change. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and the amount of such allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. As new information becomes available that would alter our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized, we adjust the valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share also includes the dilutive effect of stock awards, preference stock, preferred stock and stock purchase plans.

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts
In general, the functional currency of our foreign operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Loss Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal action is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires significant

49

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions are based only on information that is available at that time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

Reclassification
In 2015, we determined that certain investments were classified as cash and cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 2014 has been revised to reduce cash and cash equivalents by $25 million, and increase short-term investments by $17 million and other assets by $8 million. Additionally, the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 have also been revised to reduce cash and cash equivalents and increase short-term investments and other assets for certain investment accounts.

During 2015, we determined that certain customer deposits at December 31, 2014 within current liabilities should have been classified as either a current asset or a non-current liability. Accordingly, the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014 has been revised by increasing accounts receivable by $23 million, accounts payable and accrued liabilities by $14 million and other non-current liabilities by $9 million.

New Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes , which requires all deferred tax assets and liabilities to be presented as noncurrent in the balance sheet. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We have elected to retrospectively adopt this ASU effective December 31, 2015. Accordingly, the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2014 has been revised by reducing current income tax assets by $12 million and current income tax liabilities by $60 million and increasing noncurrent income taxes by $2 million and deferred taxes on income by $50 million.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations - Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments , which eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. Consistent with existing guidance, the new guidance requires an acquirer to disclose the nature and amount of measurement period adjustments. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and requires that measurement period adjustments be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2016 and currently do not expect the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory - Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value (estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation). Prior to this guidance, inventory was measured at the lower of cost or market (where market was defined as replacement cost, with a ceiling of net realizable value and a floor of net realizable value of inventory, less a normal profit margin). Inventory measured using LIFO is not impacted by the new guidance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe this standard will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software, Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance on fees paid by an entity in a cloud computing arrangement and whether an arrangement includes a license to the underlying software. This standard is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2016 and the adoption of this standard will not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the associated debt liability. This standard is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2016. Upon adoption, debt issuance costs currently recorded as other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets will be reclassified as a reduction in long-term debt. At December 31, 2015, debt issuance costs included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet was $18 million.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items, which removes the concept of extraordinary items, thereby eliminating the need for companies to assess transactions for extraordinary treatment. The standard retained the presentation and disclosure requirements for items that are unusual in nature and/or infrequent in occurrence. The standard is effective

50

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2016 and the adoption of this standard will not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The standard requires companies to recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods and services. The standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue. In July 2015, the FASB approved a one-year deferral of the effective date. This standard is now effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The standard can be adopted either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment. Companies are permitted to adopt the standard as early as the original public entity effective date (fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2016). Early adoption prior to that date is prohibited. We are currently assessing the impact this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

2. Segment Information
The principal products and services of each of our reportable segments are as follows:

Small & Medium Business Solutions:
North America Mailing: Includes the revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental, financing and servicing of mailing equipment, software and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create physical and digital mail and evidence postage for the sending of mail, flats and parcels in the U.S. and Canada.
International Mailing: Includes the revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental, financing and servicing of mailing equipment, software and supplies for small and medium businesses to efficiently create physical and digital mail and evidence postage for the sending of mail, flats and parcels in areas outside the U.S. and Canada.

Enterprise Business Solutions:
Production Mail:  Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale of production mail inserting and sortation equipment, high-speed production print systems, supplies and related support services to large enterprise clients to process inbound and outbound mail.
Presort Services: Includes revenue and related expenses from presort mail services for our large enterprise clients to qualify large mail volumes for postal worksharing discounts.

Digital Commerce Solutions:
Software Solutions: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale of non-equipment-based mailing, customer information management, location intelligence and customer engagement solutions and related support services.
Global Ecommerce: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from cross-border ecommerce and shipping solutions.

We determine segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and asset impairment charges, which are not allocated to a particular business segment. Management uses segment EBIT to measure profitability and performance at the segment level. Management believes segment EBIT provides a useful measure of our operating performance and underlying trends of the businesses. Segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and therefore, should be read in conjunction with our consolidated results of operations.

51

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following tables provide information about our reportable segments.

 	Revenues	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
North America Mailing	$	1,435,140	
 	 	$	1,491,927	
 	 	$	1,555,585	
 	
International Mailing	445,328	
 	 	572,440	
 	 	602,582	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	1,880,468	
 	 	2,064,367	
 	 	2,158,167	
 	
Production Mail	421,178	
 	 	462,199	
 	 	511,544	
 	
Presort Services	473,612	
 	 	456,556	
 	 	430,469	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	894,790	
 	 	918,755	
 	 	942,013	
 	
Software Solutions	385,908	
 	 	428,662	
 	 	395,038	
 	
Global Ecommerce	362,087	
 	 	281,643	
 	 	169,908	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	747,995	
 	 	710,305	
 	 	564,946	
 	
Other	54,807	
 	 	128,077	
 	 	126,209	
 	
Total revenue	$	3,578,060	
 	 	$	3,821,504	
 	 	$	3,791,335	

Geographic Data:	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	$	2,681,285	
 	 	$	2,743,957	
 	 	$	2,654,301	
 	
Outside United States	896,775	
 	 	1,077,547	
 	 	1,137,034	
 	
Total	$	3,578,060	
 	 	$	3,821,504	
 	 	$	3,791,335	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	EBIT	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
North America Mailing	$	646,913	
 	 	$	642,521	
 	 	$	640,830	
 	
International Mailing	51,070	
 	 	88,710	
 	 	71,516	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	697,983	
 	 	731,231	
 	 	712,346	
 	
Production Mail	48,254	
 	 	47,543	
 	 	55,000	
 	
Presort Services	104,655	
 	 	98,230	
 	 	83,259	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	152,909	
 	 	145,773	
 	 	138,259	
 	
Software Solutions	48,531	
 	 	51,193	
 	 	47,707	
 	
Global Ecommerce	19,229	
 	 	16,633	
 	 	1,214	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	67,760	
 	 	67,826	
 	 	48,921	
 	
Other	10,569	
 	 	19,240	
 	 	5,856	
 	
Total EBIT	929,221	
 	 	964,070	
 	 	905,382	
 	
Reconciling items:	 	

Interest, net	(159,374	)	 	(169,450	)	 	(186,987	)	
Unallocated corporate expenses	(213,095	)	 	(233,126	)	 	(217,458	)	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net	(25,782	)	 	(84,560	)	 	(84,344	)	
Acquisition/disposition related expenses	(14,983	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Other income (expense), net	94,838	
 	 	(45,738	)	 	(32,639	)	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	610,825	
 	 	$	431,196	
 	 	$	383,954	

52

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Depreciation and amortization	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
North America Mailing	$	58,141	
 	 	$	68,291	
 	 	$	81,238	
 	
International Mailing	23,262	
 	 	30,629	
 	 	29,515	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	81,403	
 	 	98,920	
 	 	110,753	
 	
Production Mail	4,075	
 	 	7,740	
 	 	15,740	
 	
Presort Services	27,305	
 	 	28,462	
 	 	29,999	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	31,380	
 	 	36,202	
 	 	45,739	
 	
Software Solutions	18,151	
 	 	20,653	
 	 	16,237	
 	
Global Ecommerce	21,025	
 	 	8,073	
 	 	3,592	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	39,176	
 	 	28,726	
 	 	19,829	
 	
Other	2,057	
 	 	4,928	
 	 	4,532	
 	
Total for reportable segments	154,016	
 	 	168,776	
 	 	180,853	
 	
Reconciliation to consolidated amount:	 	 	 	 	 	
Unallocated amount	19,296	
 	 	29,312	
 	 	14,052	
 	
Discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	16,338	
 	
Consolidated depreciation and amortization	$	173,312	
 	 	$	198,088	
 	 	$	211,243	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Capital expenditures	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
North America Mailing	$	60,204	
 	 	$	67,596	
 	 	$	57,973	
 	
International Mailing	11,196	
 	 	13,966	
 	 	25,386	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	71,400	
 	 	81,562	
 	 	83,359	
 	
Production Mail	3,418	
 	 	801	
 	 	2,875	
 	
Presort Services	17,096	
 	 	17,457	
 	 	12,512	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	20,514	
 	 	18,258	
 	 	15,387	
 	
Software Solutions	1,688	
 	 	3,573	
 	 	3,406	
 	
Global Ecommerce	17,321	
 	 	6,356	
 	 	19,111	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	19,009	
 	 	9,929	
 	 	22,517	
 	
Other	857	
 	 	2,538	
 	 	3,045	
 	
Total for reportable segments	111,780	
 	 	112,287	
 	 	124,308	
 	
Reconciliation to consolidated amount:	 	 	 	 	 	
Unallocated amount	54,549	
 	 	68,269	
 	 	4,876	
 	
Discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	8,328	
 	
Consolidated capital expenditures	$	166,329	
 	 	$	180,556	
 	 	$	137,512	

53

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Assets	
 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
North America Mailing	$	2,421,095	
 	 	$	2,614,123	
 	 	$	2,767,743	
 	
International Mailing	594,540	
 	 	687,233	
 	 	856,073	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	3,015,635	
 	 	3,301,356	
 	 	3,623,816	
 	
Production Mail	244,156	
 	 	266,831	
 	 	305,428	
 	
Presort Services	374,647	
 	 	346,850	
 	 	343,206	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	618,803	
 	 	613,681	
 	 	648,634	
 	
Software Solutions	858,308	
 	 	884,190	
 	 	866,319	
 	
Global Ecommerce	580,662	
 	 	117,744	
 	 	154,402	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	1,438,970	
 	 	1,001,934	
 	 	1,020,721	
 	
Other	—	
 	 	210,171	
 	 	221,292	
 	
Total for reportable segments	5,073,408	
 	 	5,127,142	
 	 	5,514,463	
 	
Reconciliation to consolidated amount:	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	650,557	
 	 	1,054,118	
 	 	886,788	
 	
Short-term investments	117,021	
 	 	49,135	
 	 	52,146	
 	
Other corporate assets	300,476	
 	 	261,294	
 	 	222,641	
 	
Discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	101,398	
 	
Consolidated assets	$	6,141,462	
 	 	$	6,499,702	
 	 	$	6,777,436	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Identifiable long-lived assets:	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	$	437,704	
 	 	$	391,311	
 	 	$	351,772	
 	
Outside United States	73,046	
 	 	94,160	
 	 	119,545	
 	
Total	$	510,750	
 	 	$	485,471	
 	 	$	471,317	

3. Business Combinations and Divestiture
Business Combinations
Borderfree
In June 2015, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Borderfree. Borderfree provides cross-border ecommerce solutions through a proprietary technology and services platform that enables retailers to transact with consumers around the world. Borderfree is reported within our Global Ecommerce segment (see Note 2). The purchase price was $381 million, net of $92 million of cash acquired. In addition, we also paid $10 million for the accelerated vesting and settlement of Borderfree stock-based compensation awards and $8 million of transaction costs. The expense related to Borderfree stock-based compensation awards was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses and the transaction costs were recognized within other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The allocation of the purchase price to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was as follows:

Accounts receivable	$	13,860	
 	
Fixed assets	7,329	
 	
Goodwill	300,020	
 	
Intangible assets	137,500	
 	
Accounts payable and other current liabilities	(35,785	)	
Deferred taxes, net	(40,798	)	
Other assets and liabilities, net	(677	)	
 	$	381,449	

54

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is primarily attributable to expected growth opportunities, synergies and other benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of Borderfree with our operations. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Intangible assets acquired consisted of the following:

 	Value	 	Amortization period	
Customer relationships	$	116,200	
 	 	10 years	
Developed technology	12,600	
 	 	5 years	
Trade names	8,700	
 	 	5 years	
 	$	137,500	

The results of operations of Borderfree are included in our consolidated results from the date of acquisition. Our consolidated operating results for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes revenue of $63 million from Borderfree operations. On a supplemental pro forma basis, had we acquired Borderfree on January 1, 2014, revenue would have been $47 million and $125 million higher for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The impact on earnings would not have been material.

Other Acquisitions
In October 2015, we acquired the net assets of Zip Mail Services, Inc. (Zip Mail) for $6 million in cash plus additional payments totaling $1 million during the period 2016-2017. Zip Mail acts as an intermediary between customers and the U.S. Postal Service. Zip Mail offers mailing services that include presorting of first class, standard class and flat mail. Zip Mail is reported within our Presort Services segment.

In May 2015, we acquired Real Time Content, Inc. (RTC) for $6 million, net of cash acquired. RTC provides technology that enables clients to provide personalized interactive video communications to their customers. RTC is reported within our Software Solutions segment.

In January 2016, we acquired Enroute Systems Corporation (Enroute) for $14 million in cash plus potential additional payments during the periods 2017-2019 based on the achievement of revenue targets during the periods 2016-2018. Enroute is a cloud-based, software-as-a-service enterprise retail and fulfillment solutions company. Enroute will be reported within our Global Ecommerce segment.

Divestiture
In May 2015, we sold Imagitas for net proceeds of $292 million. We recognized a pre-tax gain of $111 million, which was reported within other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

55

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Discontinued Operations
Discontinued operations include the results of our Document Imaging Solutions (DIS) business sold in 2014 and our Management Services business (PBMS), Nordic furniture business and International Mailing business (IMS) sold in 2013. Discontinued operations also include certain tax benefits related to our Capital Services business that was sold in 2006.

Income from discontinued operations in 2015 of $5.3 million primarily includes a favorable tax adjustment related to the sale of DIS. Income (loss) from discontinued operations for 2014 and 2013 are shown in the following tables.

 	Year Ended December 31, 2014	
 	PBMS	 	IMS	 	Nordic furniture business	 	DIS	 	Total	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	19,858	
 	 	$	19,858	

(Loss) income from operations	$	(245	)	 	$	308	
 	 	$	509	
 	 	$	2,123	
 	 	$	2,695	
 	
Gain on sale	2,778	
 	 	1,994	
 	 	—	
 	 	24,733	
 	 	29,505	
 	
Income before taxes	2,533	
 	 	2,302	
 	 	509	
 	 	26,856	
 	 	32,200	
 	
Tax (benefit) provision	(6,931	)	 	851	
 	 	141	
 	 	18,184	
 	 	12,245	
 	
Net income	$	9,464	
 	 	$	1,451	
 	 	$	368	
 	 	$	8,672	
 	 	$	19,955	
 	
Capital Services, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	13,794	
 	
Income from discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	33,749	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Year Ended December 31, 2013	
 	PBMS	 	IMS	 	Nordic furniture business	 	DIS	 	Total	
Revenue	$	639,237	
 	 	$	23,036	
 	 	$	37,785	
 	 	$	78,066	
 	 	$	778,124	

(Loss) income from operations	$	(118,017	)	 	$	(3,057	)	 	$	(4,037	)	 	$	19,223	
 	 	$	(105,888	)	
Gain (loss) on sale	5,126	
 	 	(2,717	)	 	4,562	
 	 	—	
 	 	6,971	
 	
(Loss) income before taxes	(112,891	)	 	(5,774	)	 	525	
 	 	19,223	
 	 	(98,917	)	
Tax provision (benefit)	41,384	
 	 	(1,064	)	 	149	
 	 	5,102	
 	 	45,571	
 	
Net (loss) income	$	(154,275	)	 	$	(4,710	)	 	$	376	
 	 	$	14,121	
 	 	$	(144,488	)	
Capital Services, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(289	)	
Loss from discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(144,777	)	

56

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

5. Earnings per Share
The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are presented below. The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Numerator:	 	

 	
Amounts attributable to common stockholders:	 	

 	
Net income from continuing operations	$	402,672	
 	 	$	300,006	
 	 	$	287,612	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	5,271	
 	 	33,749	
 	 	(144,777	)	
Net income (numerator for diluted EPS)	407,943	
 	 	333,755	
 	 	142,835	
 	
Less: Preference stock dividend	41	
 	 	44	
 	 	46	
 	
Income attributable to common stockholders (numerator for basic EPS)	$	407,902	
 	 	$	333,711	
 	 	$	142,789	
 	
Denominator (in thousands):	 	

 	
Weighted-average shares used in basic EPS	199,835	
 	 	201,992	
 	 	201,614	
 	
Effect of dilutive shares:	 	

 	
Preferred stock	1	
 	 	1	
 	 	2	
 	
Preference stock	321	
 	 	344	
 	 	381	
 	
Stock plans	788	
 	 	1,624	
 	 	960	
 	
Weighted-average shares used in diluted EPS	200,945	
 	 	203,961	
 	 	202,957	
 	
Basic earnings per share:	 	

 	
Continuing operations	$	2.01	
 	 	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.43	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.72	)	
Net income attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.04	
 	 	$	1.65	
 	 	$	0.71	
 	
Diluted earnings per share:	 	

 	
Continuing operations	$	2.00	
 	 	$	1.47	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.03	
 	 	0.17	
 	 	(0.71	)	
Net income attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	2.03	
 	 	$	1.64	
 	 	$	0.70	

Anti-dilutive options excluded from diluted earnings per share (in thousands):	8,079	
 	 	7,322	
 	 	12,448	

6. Inventories
Inventories at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Raw materials	$	25,803	
 	 	$	30,986	
 	
Work in Process	6,408	
 	 	6,189	
 	
Supplies and service parts	44,323	
 	 	33,760	
 	
Finished products	24,618	
 	 	26,992	
 	
Inventory at FIFO cost	101,152	
 	 	97,927	
 	
Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost	(12,328	)	 	(13,100	)	
Total inventory, net	$	88,824	
 	 	$	84,827	

57

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Finance Assets
Finance Receivables
Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables. Sales-type lease receivables are generally due in monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installments over periods ranging from three to five years. Loan receivables arise primarily from financing services offered to our clients for postage and supplies. Loan receivables are generally due each month; however, customers may rollover outstanding balances. Interest is recognized on loan receivables using the effective interest method and related annual fees are initially deferred and recognized ratably over the annual period covered. Customer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Finance receivables at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 	December 31, 2015	 	December 31, 2014	
 	North America	 	International	 	Total	 	North America	 	International	 	Total	
Sales-type lease receivables	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross finance receivables	$	1,212,390	
 	 	$	308,099	
 	 	$	1,520,489	
 	 	$	1,286,624	
 	 	$	366,669	
 	 	$	1,653,293	
 	
Unguaranteed residual values	100,000	
 	 	15,709	
 	 	115,709	
 	 	105,205	
 	 	18,291	
 	 	123,496	
 	
Unearned income	(252,522	)	 	(68,965	)	 	(321,487	)	 	(270,196	)	 	(83,110	)	 	(353,306	)	
Allowance for credit losses	(6,735	)	 	(3,614	)	 	(10,349	)	 	(10,281	)	 	(5,129	)	 	(15,410	)	
Net investment in sales-type lease receivables	1,053,133	
 	 	251,229	
 	 	1,304,362	
 	 	1,111,352	
 	 	296,721	
 	 	1,408,073	
 	
Loan receivables	 	

 	 	 	

 	
Loan receivables	363,672	
 	 	41,604	
 	 	405,276	
 	 	376,987	
 	 	47,665	
 	 	424,652	
 	
Allowance for credit losses	(9,896	)	 	(1,518	)	 	(11,414	)	 	(10,912	)	 	(1,788	)	 	(12,700	)	
Net investment in loan receivables	353,776	
 	 	40,086	
 	 	393,862	
 	 	366,075	
 	 	45,877	
 	 	411,952	
 	
Net investment in finance receivables	$	1,406,909	
 	 	$	291,315	
 	 	$	1,698,224	
 	 	$	1,477,427	
 	 	$	342,598	
 	 	$	1,820,025	

Loans receivables are due within one year. Maturities of gross sales-type lease finance receivables at December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 	Sales-type Lease Receivables	
 	North America	 	International	 	Total	
2016	$	551,403	
 	 	$	122,350	
 	 	$	673,753	
 	
2017	340,562	
 	 	87,141	
 	 	427,703	
 	
2018	200,836	
 	 	56,907	
 	 	257,743	
 	
2019	91,091	
 	 	31,073	
 	 	122,164	
 	
2020	23,320	
 	 	9,274	
 	 	32,594	
 	
Thereafter	5,178	
 	 	1,354	
 	 	6,532	
 	
Total	$	1,212,390	
 	 	$	308,099	
 	 	$	1,520,489	

58

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Allowance for Credit Losses
Activity in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 	Sales-type Lease Receivables	 	Loan Receivables	 	 	
 	North
America	 	International	 	North
America	 	International	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	16,979	
 	 	$	8,662	
 	 	$	12,322	
 	 	$	2,131	
 	 	$	40,094	
 	
Amounts charged to expense	4,584	
 	 	4,553	
 	 	9,663	
 	 	1,254	
 	 	20,054	
 	
Accounts written off	(7,398	)	 	(3,512	)	 	(10,820	)	 	(1,469	)	 	(23,199	)	
Balance at December 31, 2013	14,165	
 	 	9,703	
 	 	11,165	
 	 	1,916	
 	 	36,949	
 	
Amounts charged to expense	4,346	
 	 	866	
 	 	10,237	
 	 	1,626	
 	 	17,075	
 	
Accounts written off	(8,230	)	 	(5,440	)	 	(10,490	)	 	(1,754	)	 	(25,914	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	10,281	
 	 	5,129	
 	 	10,912	
 	 	1,788	
 	 	28,110	
 	
Amounts charged to expense	1,189	
 	 	890	
 	 	8,286	
 	 	1,023	
 	 	11,388	
 	
Accounts written off	(4,735	)	 	(2,405	)	 	(9,302	)	 	(1,293	)	 	(17,735	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	6,735	
 	 	$	3,614	
 	 	$	9,896	
 	 	$	1,518	
 	 	$	21,763	

Aging of Receivables
The aging of finance receivables at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 	Sales-type Lease Receivables	 	Loan Receivables	 	 	
 	North
America	 	International	 	North
America	 	International	 	Total	
December 31, 2015	 	

 	 	 	

Less than 30 days	$	1,147,455	
 	 	$	291,777	
 	 	$	348,730	
 	 	$	39,259	
 	 	$	1,827,221	
 	
31 - 60 days	27,037	
 	 	7,496	
 	 	8,010	
 	 	1,435	
 	 	43,978	
 	
61 - 90 days	18,740	
 	 	3,744	
 	 	3,312	
 	 	423	
 	 	26,219	
 	
> 90 days	19,158	
 	 	5,082	
 	 	3,620	
 	 	487	
 	 	28,347	
 	
Total	$	1,212,390	
 	 	$	308,099	
 	 	$	363,672	
 	 	$	41,604	
 	 	$	1,925,765	
 	
Past due amounts > 90 days	 	

 	 	 	

Still accruing interest	$	5,041	
 	 	$	1,617	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	6,658	
 	
Not accruing interest	14,117	
 	 	3,465	
 	 	3,620	
 	 	487	
 	 	21,689	
 	
Total	$	19,158	
 	 	$	5,082	
 	 	$	3,620	
 	 	$	487	
 	 	$	28,347	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Sales-type Lease Receivables	 	Loan Receivables	 	 	
 	North
America	 	International	 	North
America	 	International	 	Total	
December 31, 2014	 	

 	 	 	

Less than 30 days	$	1,217,623	
 	 	$	347,236	
 	 	$	359,672	
 	 	$	45,678	
 	 	$	1,970,209	
 	
31 - 60 days	23,242	
 	 	6,207	
 	 	9,245	
 	 	1,201	
 	 	39,895	
 	
61 - 90 days	24,198	
 	 	4,494	
 	 	3,498	
 	 	413	
 	 	32,603	
 	
> 90 days	21,561	
 	 	8,732	
 	 	4,572	
 	 	373	
 	 	35,238	
 	
Total	$	1,286,624	
 	 	$	366,669	
 	 	$	376,987	
 	 	$	47,665	
 	 	$	2,077,945	
 	
Past due amounts > 90 days	 	

 	 	 	

Still accruing interest	$	5,931	
 	 	$	2,517	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	8,448	
 	
Not accruing interest	15,630	
 	 	6,215	
 	 	4,572	
 	 	373	
 	 	26,790	
 	
Total	$	21,561	
 	 	$	8,732	
 	 	$	4,572	
 	 	$	373	
 	 	$	35,238	

59

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Credit Quality
The extension of credit and management of credit lines to new and existing clients uses a combination of an automated credit score, where available, and a detailed manual review of the client's financial condition and, when applicable, payment history. Once credit is granted, the payment performance of the client is managed through automated collections processes and is supplemented with direct follow up should an account become delinquent. We have robust automated collections and extensive portfolio management processes. The portfolio management processes ensure that our global strategy is executed, collection resources are allocated appropriately and enhanced tools and processes are implemented as needed.
We use a third party to score the majority of the North America portfolio on a quarterly basis using a commercial credit score. We do not use a third party to score our International portfolio because the cost to do so is prohibitive, given that it is a localized process and there is no single credit score model that covers all countries.
The table below shows the North America portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014 by relative risk class (low, medium, high) based on the relative scores of the accounts within each class. The relative scores are determined based on a number of factors, including the company type, ownership structure, payment history and financial information. A fourth class is shown for accounts that are not scored. Absence of a score is not indicative of the credit quality of the account. The degree of risk, as defined by the third party, refers to the relative risk that an account in the next 12 month period may become delinquent.
 	 	
•	Low risk accounts are companies with very good credit scores and are considered to approximate the top 30% of all commercial borrowers.	
 	 	
•	Medium risk accounts are companies with average to good credit scores and are considered to approximate the middle 40% of all commercial borrowers.	
 	 	
•	High risk accounts are companies with poor credit scores, are delinquent or are at risk of becoming delinquent and are considered to approximate the bottom 30% of all commercial borrowers.	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Sales-type lease receivables	 	

Low	$	926,387	
 	 	$	936,979	
 	
Medium	192,645	
 	 	230,799	
 	
High	37,573	
 	 	45,202	
 	
Not Scored	55,785	
 	 	73,644	
 	
Total	$	1,212,390	
 	 	$	1,286,624	
 	
Loan receivables	 	

Low	$	260,204	
 	 	$	259,436	
 	
Medium	85,671	
 	 	96,243	
 	
High	10,810	
 	 	10,913	
 	
Not Scored	6,987	
 	 	10,395	
 	
Total	$	363,672	
 	 	$	376,987	

 	

60

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Fixed Assets
Fixed assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Land	$	9,908	
 	 	$	9,908	
 	
Capitalized Software	87,102	
 	 	44,152	
 	
Buildings	218,261	
 	 	213,196	
 	
Machinery and equipment	897,532	
 	 	879,222	
 	
 	1,212,803	
 	 	1,146,478	
 	
Accumulated depreciation	(882,715	)	 	(861,387	)	
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	330,088	
 	 	$	285,091	

Rental property and equipment	$	407,495	
 	 	$	462,244	
 	
Accumulated depreciation	(226,833	)	 	(261,864	)	
Rental property and equipment, net	$	180,662	
 	 	$	200,380	
 	
Depreciation expense was $136 million, $165 million and $158 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
9. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets
Intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 	December 31, 2015	 	December 31, 2014	
 	Gross
Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Carrying
Amount	 	Gross
Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Carrying
Amount	
Customer relationships	$	437,459	
 	 	$	(272,353	)	 	$	165,106	
 	 	$	337,438	
 	 	$	(263,121	)	 	$	74,317	
 	
Supplier relationships	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	29,000	
 	 	(27,913	)	 	1,087	
 	
Software & technology	149,591	
 	 	(135,198	)	 	14,393	
 	 	160,825	
 	 	(154,610	)	 	6,215	
 	
Trademarks & other	35,314	
 	 	(27,435	)	 	7,879	
 	 	33,079	
 	 	(32,525	)	 	554	
 	
Total intangible assets, net	$	622,364	
 	 	$	(434,986	)	 	$	187,378	
 	 	$	560,342	
 	 	$	(478,169	)	 	$	82,173	

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $37 million, $34 million and $37 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The future amortization expense for intangible assets at December 31, 2015 was as follows:

Year ended December 31,	 	
2016	$	38,165	
 	
2017	27,400	
 	
2018	24,800	
 	
2019	21,741	
 	
2020	17,025	
 	
Thereafter	58,247	
 	
Total	$	187,378	
 	
Actual amortization expense may differ from the amounts above due to, among other things, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions, divestitures and impairment charges.

61

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown in the tables below. Prior year amounts have been recast for the change in reportable segments.

 	Gross value before accumulated impairment	 	Accumulated impairment	 	December 31, 2014	 	Acquisition	 	Other (1)	 	December 31, 2015	
North America Mailing	$	309,448	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	309,448	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(13,395	)	 	$	296,053	
 	
International Mailing	162,146	
 	 	—	
 	 	162,146	
 	 	—	
 	 	(13,795	)	 	148,351	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	471,594	
 	 	—	
 	 	471,594	
 	 	—	
 	 	(27,190	)	 	444,404	
 	
Production Mail	110,837	
 	 	—	
 	 	110,837	
 	 	—	
 	 	(5,080	)	 	105,757	
 	
Presort Services	195,140	
 	 	—	
 	 	195,140	
 	 	1,750	
 	 	—	
 	 	196,890	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	305,977	
 	 	—	
 	 	305,977	
 	 	1,750	
 	 	(5,080	)	 	302,647	
 	
Software Solutions	677,008	
 	 	—	
 	 	677,008	
 	 	5,792	
 	 	(7,824	)	 	674,976	
 	
Global Ecommerce	23,910	
 	 	—	
 	 	23,910	
 	 	300,020	
 	 	—	
 	 	323,930	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	700,918	
 	 	—	
 	 	700,918	
 	 	305,812	
 	 	(7,824	)	 	998,906	
 	
Other	194,232	
 	 	—	
 	 	194,232	
 	 	—	 	(194,232	)	 	—	
 	
Total goodwill	$	1,672,721	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,672,721	
 	 	$	307,562	
 	 	$	(234,326	)	 	$	1,745,957	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Gross value before accumulated impairment	 	Accumulated impairment	 	December 31, 2013	 	Other (1)	 	December 31, 2014	
North America Mailing	$	326,664	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	326,664	
 	 	$	(17,216	)	 	$	309,448	
 	
International Mailing	182,261	
 	 	—	
 	 	182,261	
 	 	(20,115	)	 	162,146	
 	
Small & Medium Business Solutions	508,925	
 	 	—	
 	 	508,925	
 	 	(37,331	)	 	471,594	
 	
Production Mail	118,060	
 	 	—	
 	 	118,060	
 	 	(7,223	)	 	110,837	
 	
Presort Services	195,140	
 	 	—	
 	 	195,140	
 	 	—	
 	 	195,140	
 	
Enterprise Business Solutions	313,200	
 	 	—	
 	 	313,200	
 	 	(7,223	)	 	305,977	
 	
Software Solutions	685,251	
 	 	—	
 	 	685,251	
 	 	(8,243	)	 	677,008	
 	
Global Ecommerce	23,910	
 	 	—	
 	 	23,910	
 	 	 	 	23,910	
 	
Digital Commerce Solutions	709,161	
 	 	—	
 	 	709,161	
 	 	(8,243	)	 	700,918	
 	
Other	194,232	
 	 	—	
 	 	194,232	
 	 	—	
 	 	194,232	
 	
Total reportable segments	1,725,518	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,725,518	 	(52,797	)	 	1,672,721	
 	
Discontinued operations	9,353	
 	 	—	
 	 	9,353	
 	 	(9,353	)	 	—	
 	
Total goodwill	$	1,734,871	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,734,871	
 	 	$	(62,150	)	 	$	1,672,721	

 	 	
(1)	Primarily represents foreign currency translation adjustments. For 2015, Other represents the write-off of remaining goodwill upon the sale of Imagitas. For 2014, the adjustment in discontinued operations primarily represents the write-off of remaining goodwill upon sale.	

62

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments
We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. An entity is required to classify certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:
 	 	
Level 1 –	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.	
 	 	
Level 2 –	Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	
 	 	
Level 3 –	Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and may be derived from internally developed methodologies based on management's best estimates.	
The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

 	December 31, 2015	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Assets:	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Investment securities	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Money market funds / commercial paper	$	41,215	
 	 	$	292,412	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	333,627	
 	
Equity securities	—	
 	 	24,538	
 	 	—	
 	 	24,538	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	22,571	
 	 	—	
 	 	22,571	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	102,235	
 	 	12,566	
 	 	—	
 	 	114,801	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	62,884	
 	 	—	
 	 	62,884	
 	
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities	—	
 	 	178,234	
 	 	—	
 	 	178,234	
 	
Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	

 	
Foreign exchange contracts	—	
 	 	1,716	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,716	
 	
Total assets	$	143,450	
 	 	$	594,921	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	738,371	
 	
Liabilities:	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Derivatives	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	
 	 	$	(5,387	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(5,387	)	
Total liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	(5,387	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(5,387	)	

63

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2014	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Assets:	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Investment securities	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Money market funds / commercial paper	$	505,643	
 	 	$	193,986	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	699,629	
 	
Equity securities	—	
 	 	27,409	
 	 	—	
 	 	27,409	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	24,077	
 	 	—	
 	 	24,077	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	113,974	
 	 	24,006	
 	 	—	
 	 	137,980	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	67,448	
 	 	—	
 	 	67,448	
 	
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities	—	
 	 	156,614	
 	 	—	
 	 	156,614	
 	
Derivatives	 	

 	 	

Foreign exchange contracts	—	
 	 	1,386	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,386	
 	
Total assets	$	619,617	
 	 	$	494,926	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,114,543	
 	
Liabilities:	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Derivatives	 	

 	 	 	
 	
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	
 	 	$	(2,988	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(2,988	)	
Total liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	(2,988	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(2,988	)	
Investment Securities
The valuation of investment securities is based on the market approach using inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable data, in an active marketplace. The following information relates to our classification into the fair value hierarchy:
 	 	
•	Money Market Funds / Commercial Paper: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an exchange. Direct investments in commercial paper are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign common stock. These mutual funds are classified as Level 2 as they are not separately listed on an exchange.	
 	 	
•	Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Mutual funds that invest in a variety of fixed income securities including securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. The value of the funds is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as reported by the fund manager. These commingled funds are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Debt Securities – U.S. and Foreign Governments, Agencies and Municipalities: Debt securities are classified as Level 1 where active, high volume trades for identical securities exist. Valuation adjustments are not applied to these securities. Debt securities valued using quoted market prices for similar securities or benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Debt Securities – Corporate: Corporate debt securities are valued using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Mortgage-Backed Securities / Asset-Backed Securities: These securities are valued based on external pricing indices. When external index pricing is not observable, these securities are valued based on external price/spread data. These securities are classified as Level 2.	
Investment securities include investments held by The Pitney Bowes Bank (the Bank), whose primary business is to provide financing solutions to clients that rent postage meters and purchase supplies. The Bank's assets and liabilities consist primarily of cash, finance receivables, short and long-term investments and deposit accounts.

64

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The Bank's investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and other assets depending on the type of investment and maturity. Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of tax.

Available-For-Sale Securities
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, available-for-sale securities consisted of the following:

 	December 31, 2015	
 	Amortized cost	 	Gross unrealized gains	 	Gross unrealized losses	 	Estimated fair value	
U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	$	114,265	
 	 	$	1,804	
 	 	$	(1,268	)	 	$	114,801	
 	
Corporate	63,140	
 	 	823	
 	 	(1,079	)	 	62,884	
 	
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities	177,821	
 	 	1,901	
 	 	(1,488	)	 	178,234	
 	
Total	$	355,226	
 	 	$	4,528	
 	 	$	(3,835	)	 	$	355,919	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2014	
 	Amortized cost	 	Gross unrealized gains	 	Gross unrealized losses	 	Estimated fair value	
U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	$	135,839	
 	 	$	2,905	
 	 	$	(764	)	 	$	137,980	
 	
Corporate	66,170	
 	 	1,569	
 	 	(291	)	 	67,448	
 	
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities	155,330	
 	 	2,362	
 	 	(1,078	)	 	156,614	
 	
Total	$	357,339	
 	 	$	6,836	
 	 	$	(2,133	)	 	$	362,042	

Investment securities that were in a loss position for 12 or more continuous months at December 31, 2015 had aggregate unrealized holding losses of $2 million and an estimated fair value of $36 million. Investment securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous months at December 31, 2015 had aggregate unrealized holding losses of $2 million and an estimated fair value of $146 million.

Investment securities that were in a loss position for 12 or more continuous months at December 31, 2014 had aggregate unrealized holding losses of $1 million and an estimated fair value of $42 million. Investment securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous months at December 31, 2014 had aggregate unrealized holding losses of $1 million and an estimated fair value of $88 million.

We have not recognized an other-than-temporary impairment on any of the investment securities in an unrealized loss position because we do not intend to sell these securities, it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of the unrealized losses and we expect to receive the contractual principal and interest on these investment securities.

At December 31, 2015, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities have scheduled maturities as follows:

 	Amortized cost	 	Estimated fair value	
Within 1 year	$	47,014	
 	 	$	46,987	
 	
After 1 year through 5 years	74,649	
 	 	75,123	
 	
After 5 years through 10 years	53,432	
 	 	53,753	
 	
After 10 years	180,131	
 	 	180,056	
 	
Total	$	355,226	
 	 	$	355,919	
 	
The expected payments on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may not coincide with their contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
At December 31, 2015, we had approximately $70 million of time deposits that are classified as held-to-maturity and are included in short-term investments because they mature in the next six months. The cost of these investments approximates fair value. We had no held-to-maturity investments at December 31, 2014.

65

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

We have not experienced any write-offs in our investment portfolio. The majority of our mortgage-backed securities are either guaranteed or supported by the U.S. government. We have no investments in inactive markets that would warrant a possible change in our pricing methods or classification within the fair value hierarchy.
Derivative Instruments
The valuation of foreign exchange derivatives is based on a market approach using observable market data inputs, such as foreign currency spot and forward rates and yield curves. We also incorporate counterparty credit risk and our credit risk into the fair value measurement of our derivative assets and liabilities, respectively. We derive credit risk from observable data in the credit default swap market.

The fair value of our derivative instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 	 	 	 	December 31,	
Designation of Derivatives	 	Balance Sheet Location	 	2015	 	2014	
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	 	 	 	 	

Foreign exchange contracts	 	Other current assets and prepayments	 	$	217	
 	 	$	762	
 	
 	 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	(208	)	 	—	

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	 	 	 	 	

Foreign exchange contracts	 	Other current assets and prepayments	 	1,499	
 	 	624	
 	
 	 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	(5,179	)	 	(2,988	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total derivative assets	 	1,716	
 	 	1,386	
 	
 	 	Total derivative liabilities	 	(5,387	)	 	(2,988	)	
 	 	Total net derivative liability	 	$	(3,671	)	 	$	(1,602	)	

Foreign Exchange Contracts
We enter into foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the currency risk associated with the anticipated purchase of inventory between affiliates and from third parties. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on cash flow hedges is included in AOCI in the period that the change in fair value occurs and is reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged item is recorded in earnings. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had outstanding contracts associated with these anticipated transactions with a notional amount of $13 million and $18 million, respectively.

The amounts included in AOCI at December 31, 2015 will be recognized in earnings within the next 12 months. No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings for these designated cash flow hedges.

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in AOCI
(Effective Portion)	 	Location of Gain (Loss)
(Effective Portion)	 	Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI to Earnings
(Effective Portion)	 	
Derivative Instrument	 	2015	 	2014	 	 	 	2015	 	2014	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	$	887	
 	 	$	1,878	
 	 	Revenue	 	$	1,082	
 	 	$	1,276	

 	 	 	
 	 	Cost of sales	 	558	
 	 	(140	)	 	

 	 	 	 	$	1,640	
 	 	$	1,136	
 	 	
We also enter into foreign exchange contracts to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany loans and related interest that are denominated in a foreign currency. The revaluation of the intercompany loans and interest and the mark-to-market adjustment on the derivatives are both recorded in earnings. All outstanding contracts at December 31, 2015 mature over the next three months.

66

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following represents the results of our non-designated derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 	 	 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	 	 	 	Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings	
Derivatives Instrument	 	Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)	 	2015	 	2014	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	Selling, general and administrative expense	 	$	(6,849	)	 	$	(4,701	)	

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features
Certain derivative instruments contain credit-risk-related contingent features that would require us to post collateral based on a combination of our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings and the net fair value of our derivatives. At December 31, 2015, the maximum amount of collateral that we would have been required to post had the credit-risk-related contingent features been triggered was $5 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, accounts receivable, loan receivables, derivative instruments, accounts payable and debt. The carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
The fair value of our debt is estimated based on recently executed transactions and market price quotations. The inputs used to determine the fair value of our debt were classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The carrying value and estimated fair value of our debt at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Carrying value	$	2,968,997	
 	 	$	3,252,006	
 	
Fair value	$	3,102,890	
 	 	$	3,440,383	

11. Supplemental Balance Sheet Information
The following table shows selected balance sheet information at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Other assets:	 	 	 	
Long-term investments	$	327,282	
 	 	$	332,452	
 	
Deferred charges	125,190	
 	 	149,092	
 	
Other	91,749	
 	 	95,579	
 	
Total	$	544,221	
 	 	$	577,123	

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	$	302,113	
 	 	$	268,527	
 	
Customer deposits	665,339	
 	 	661,167	
 	
Employee related liabilities	255,893	
 	 	319,963	
 	
Miscellaneous other	224,976	
 	 	323,314	
 	
Total	$	1,448,321	
 	 	$	1,572,971	

67

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments
The table below shows the activity in our restructuring reserves for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 	Severance and benefits costs	 	Other exit
costs	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	58,558	
 	 	$	8,014	
 	 	$	66,572	
 	
Expenses, net	74,325	
 	 	5,444	
 	 	79,769	
 	
Cash payments	(51,047	)	 	(5,115	)	 	(56,162	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	81,836	
 	 	8,343	
 	 	90,179	
 	
Expenses, net	19,078	
 	 	251	
 	 	19,329	
 	
Cash payments	(57,214	)	 	(4,872	)	 	(62,086	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	43,700	
 	 	$	3,722	
 	 	$	47,422	
 	
The majority of the remaining restructuring reserves are expected to be paid over the next 12-24 months. Due to certain international labor laws and long-term lease agreements, some payments will extend beyond 24 months. We expect to fund these payments from cash flows from operations.

Asset impairment
During 2015, we sold our world headquarters building for $39 million and recorded a loss on the sale of $5 million. The loss was recognized in restructuring charges and asset impairments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

13. Debt

 	 	 	December 31,	
 	Interest rate	 	2015	 	2014	
Commercial paper	1.1%	 	$	90,000	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Notes due March 2015	5.0%	 	—	
 	 	274,879	
 	
Notes due January 2016	4.75%	 	370,914	
 	 	370,914	
 	
Notes due September 2017	5.75%	 	385,109	
 	 	385,109	
 	
Notes due March 2018	5.6%	 	250,000	
 	 	250,000	
 	
Notes due May 2018	4.75%	 	350,000	
 	 	350,000	
 	
Notes due March 2019	6.25%	 	300,000	
 	 	300,000	
 	
Notes due November 2022	5.25%	 	—	
 	 	110,000	
 	
Notes due March 2024	4.625%	 	500,000	
 	 	500,000	
 	
Notes due January 2037	5.25%	 	115,041	
 	 	115,041	
 	
Notes due March 2043	6.7%	 	425,000	
 	 	425,000	
 	
Term loans	Variable	 	150,000	
 	 	130,000	
 	
Other debt	 	 	15,758	
 	 	16,000	
 	
Principal amount	 	 	2,951,822	
 	 	3,226,943	
 	
Less: unamortized discount	 	 	5,288	
 	 	6,653	
 	
Plus: unamortized interest rate swap proceeds	 	 	22,463	
 	 	31,716	
 	
Total debt	 	 	2,968,997	
 	 	3,252,006	
 	
Less: current portion long-term debt	 	 	461,085	
 	 	324,879	
 	
Long-term debt	 	 	$	2,507,912	
 	 	$	2,927,127	

68

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

In November 2015 we redeemed the $110 million 5.250% notes due November 2022 at a par plus accrued and unpaid interest.

We also repaid the $130 million term loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 and borrowed $150 million under new a term loan. The term loan bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 0.90%. Interest is payable and resets quarterly and the loans mature in December 2016 but may be extended through June 2017 at our option. At December 31, 2015, the weighted-average interest rate of the term loans was 1.4%.

During 2015, we also repaid the $275 million, 5% notes that matured in March 2015.

In October 2014, we received a loan from the State of Connecticut Department of Economic and Community Development. The loan consisted of a $15 million development loan and $1 million jobs-training grant that is subject to refund if certain conditions are not met. We satisfied the conditions related to the $1 million jobs-training grant during 2015.

The 4.625% Notes due March 2024 may be redeemed, at anytime, at our option, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest and a make-whole payment.

The 6.7% Notes due March 2043 may be redeemed, at our option, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest any time on or after March 2018, respectively.

The 5.25% Notes due 2037 may be redeemed by bondholders, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest in January 2017.

We have a commercial paper program and a committed credit facility of $1 billion to support commercial paper issuances. There were $90 million of commercial paper borrowings at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, we had not drawn upon the credit facility. The credit facility expires in January 2020.

In January 2016, we borrowed $300 million under a term loan and used the proceeds to repay a portion of the $371 million, 4.75% notes due January 15, 2016. The remaining portion of the loan was repaid using cash from operations. The new term loan bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 1.25% and matures in December 2020.

Annual maturities of outstanding debt at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

2016	$	461,085	
 	
2017	535,277	
 	
2018	600,168	
 	
2019	300,168	
 	
2020	412	
 	
Thereafter	1,054,712	
 	
Total	$	2,951,822	

14. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits
We provide certain retirement benefits to our U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2005 and to eligible employees outside the U.S. under various defined benefit retirement plans. Benefit accruals under most of our defined benefit plans, including our two largest U.S. pension plans, our U.K. pension plans and Canadian pension plans, have been frozen.
We also provide certain employer subsidized health care and employer provided life insurance benefits in the U.S. and Canada to eligible retirees and their dependents. Employees hired before January 1, 2005 in the U.S. and April 1, 2005 in Canada become eligible for retiree medical benefits after reaching age 55 and with the completion of the required service period. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited service to the company.

69

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Retirement Plans
The benefit obligations and funded status of defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

 	United States	 	Foreign	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2015	 	2014	
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	1,688,982	
 	 	$	1,866,914	
 	 	$	635,600	
 	 	$	698,176	

Projected benefit obligation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation - beginning of year	$	1,868,176	
 	 	$	1,622,591	
 	 	$	715,287	
 	 	$	672,773	
 	
Service cost	134	
 	 	6,908	
 	 	2,229	
 	 	3,565	
 	
Interest cost	74,331	
 	 	77,655	
 	 	24,261	
 	 	28,518	
 	
Plan participants' contributions	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	8	
 	 	59	
 	
Actuarial (gain) loss	(131,179	)	 	306,718	
 	 	(15,375	)	 	89,695	
 	
Foreign currency changes	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(53,945	)	 	(52,750	)	
Plan Amendments	(428	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Settlement / curtailment	(3,678	)	 	(16,867	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Special termination benefits	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	79	
 	 	1,238	
 	
Benefits paid	(117,471	)	 	(128,829	)	 	(25,432	)	 	(27,811	)	
Benefit obligation - end of year	$	1,689,885	
 	 	$	1,868,176	
 	 	$	647,112	
 	 	$	715,287	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets available for benefits	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year	$	1,593,463	
 	 	$	1,523,679	
 	 	$	574,992	
 	 	$	561,078	
 	
Actual return on plan assets	(19,173	)	 	195,946	
 	 	11,383	
 	 	67,306	
 	
Company contributions	7,649	
 	 	19,534	
 	 	14,194	
 	 	15,323	
 	
Plan participants' contributions	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	8	
 	 	59	
 	
Settlement / curtailment	(3,678	)	 	(16,867	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Foreign currency changes	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(45,033	)	 	(40,963	)	
Benefits paid	(117,471	)	 	(128,829	)	 	(25,432	)	 	(27,811	)	
Fair value of plan assets - end of year	$	1,460,790	
 	 	$	1,593,463	
 	 	$	530,112	
 	 	$	574,992	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-current asset	$	271	
 	 	$	300	
 	 	$	11,566	
 	 	$	5,813	
 	
Current liability	(9,088	)	 	(6,590	)	 	(1,031	)	 	(1,008	)	
Non-current liability	(220,277	)	 	(268,423	)	 	(127,535	)	 	(145,100	)	
Funded status	$	(229,094	)	 	$	(274,713	)	 	$	(117,000	)	 	$	(140,295	)	
Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 	United States	 	Foreign	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2015	 	2014	
Projected benefit obligation	$	1,689,476	
 	 	$	1,867,788	
 	 	$	540,984	
 	 	$	583,317	
 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	1,688,573	
 	 	$	1,866,525	
 	 	$	529,593	
 	 	$	566,365	
 	
Fair value of plan assets	$	1,460,111	
 	 	$	1,592,774	
 	 	$	412,418	
 	 	$	437,209	

70

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	United States	 	Foreign	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2015	 	2014	
Net actuarial loss	$	880,123	
 	 	$	918,641	
 	 	$	255,994	
 	 	$	253,257	
 	
Prior service credit	(512	)	 	(144	)	 	(740	)	 	(806	)	
Transition asset	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(40	)	 	(49	)	
Total	$	879,611	
 	 	$	918,497	
 	 	$	255,214	
 	 	$	252,402	

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are as follows:

 	United States	 	Foreign	
Net actuarial loss	$	26,824	
 	 	$	5,804	
 	
Prior service credit	(60	)	 	(66	)	
Transition asset	—	
 	 	(9	)	
Total	$	26,764	
 	 	$	5,729	

The components of net periodic benefit cost (income) for defined benefit pension plans were as follows:

 	United States	 	Foreign	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Service cost	$	134	
 	 	$	6,908	
 	 	$	13,981	
 	 	$	2,229	
 	 	$	3,565	
 	 	$	6,272	
 	
Interest cost	74,331	
 	 	77,655	
 	 	74,370	
 	 	24,261	
 	 	28,518	
 	 	27,365	
 	
Expected return on plan assets	(104,004	)	 	(103,822	)	 	(107,608	)	 	(35,421	)	 	(39,137	)	 	(34,769	)	
Amortization of net transition asset	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(9	)	 	(10	)	 	(9	)	
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost	(60	)	 	9	
 	 	380	
 	 	(66	)	 	(57	)	 	112	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	29,272	
 	 	25,369	
 	 	32,494	
 	 	5,926	
 	 	8,268	
 	 	14,445	
 	
Special termination benefits	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	548	
 	 	79	
 	 	1,238	
 	 	935	
 	
Settlement / curtailment	1,243	
 	 	4,528	
 	 	2,638	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net periodic benefit cost (income)	$	916	
 	 	$	10,647	
 	 	$	16,803	
 	 	$	(3,001	)	 	$	2,385	
 	 	$	14,351	

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

 	United States	 	Foreign	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2015	 	2014	
Net actuarial (gain) loss	$	(8,003	)	 	$	214,593	
 	 	$	8,663	
 	 	$	61,525	
 	
Prior service credit	(428	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	(29,272	)	 	(25,369	)	 	(5,926	)	 	(8,268	)	
Amortization of prior service credit (cost)	60	
 	 	(9	)	 	66	
 	 	57	
 	
Net transition asset	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	9	
 	 	10	
 	
Settlement / curtailment	(1,243	)	 	(4,528	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	$	(38,886	)	 	$	184,687	
 	 	$	2,812	
 	 	$	53,324	

71

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit pension plans include:

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
United States	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Used to determine benefit obligations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Discount rate	4.55%	 	4.15%	 	4.95%	
     Rate of compensation increase	N/A	 	N/A	 	3.50%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Used to determine net periodic benefit cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Discount rate	4.15%	 	4.95%	 	4.05%	
     Expected return on plan assets	7.00%	 	7.00%	 	7.25%	
     Rate of compensation increase	N/A	 	3.50%	 	3.50%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Used to determine benefit obligations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Discount rate	1.15	%	-	3.95%	 	1.10	%	-	3.80%	 	1.45	%	-	4.60%	
     Rate of compensation increase	1.50	%	-	3.50%	 	1.50	%	-	3.50%	 	1.50	%	-	3.50%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Used to determine net periodic benefit cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     Discount rate	1.10	%	-	3.80%	 	1.45	%	-	4.60%	 	1.95	%	-	4.65%	
     Expected return on plan assets	4.00	%	-	7.00%	 	3.75	%	-	7.50%	 	3.50	%	-	7.50%	
     Rate of compensation increase	1.50	%	-	3.50%	 	1.50	%	-	3.50%	 	1.50	%	-	3.50%	

A discount rate is used to determine the present value of our future benefit obligations. The discount rate for our U.S. pension and postretirement medical benefit plans is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to a pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan), is determined by using a model that discounts each year's estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. For our other smaller foreign pension plans, the discount rate is selected based on high-quality fixed income indices available in the country in which the plan is domiciled.

The expected return on plan assets is based on historical and expected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans' investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio is based on the target asset allocation of our global pension plans, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, when compared to the benchmark returns.

During 2016, we anticipate making total contributions of $9 million to our U.S. pension plans and $46 million to our foreign pension plans. We will reassess our funding alternatives as the year progresses.

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation - U.S. Pension Plans
The investment strategy of our U.S. pension plans is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 7.0%. The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to reduce the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. Investments within the private equity and real estate portfolios are comprised of limited partnership units in primary and secondary fund of funds and units in open-ended commingled real estate funds, respectively. These types of investment vehicles are used in an effort to gain greater asset diversification. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. The pension plans' liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically. The target asset allocation for 2016 and the actual asset allocations at December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the U.S. pension plans are as follows:

72

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Target allocation	 	Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,	
 	2016	 	2015	 	2014	
Asset category	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. equities	15	%	 	12	%	 	12	%	
Non-U.S. equities	15	%	 	10	%	 	9	%	
Fixed income	60	%	 	68	%	 	69	%	
Real estate	5	%	 	6	%	 	5	%	
Private equity	5	%	 	4	%	 	5	%	
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation - Foreign Pension Plans
Our foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees and our corporate personnel. Investment strategies vary by country and plan, with each strategy tailored to achieve the expected rate of return within an acceptable or appropriate level of risk, depending upon the liability profile of plan participants, local funding requirements, investment markets and restrictions. The U.K. plan represents 75% of the non-U.S. pension assets. The U.K. pension plan's investment strategy is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 6.5%. The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to minimize the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage currency exposure. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. The pension plans' liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically. The target asset allocation for 2016 and the actual asset allocations at December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the U.K. pension plan are as follows:

 	Target Allocation	 	Percent of Plan Assets at December 31,	
 	2016	 	2015	 	2014	
Asset category	 	 	 	 	 	
U.K. equities	20	%	 	23	%	 	28	%	
Non-U.K. equities	20	%	 	20	%	 	29	%	
Fixed income	40	%	 	40	%	 	40	%	
Real estate	10	%	 	10	%	 	—	%	
Diversified growth	10	%	 	5	%	 	—	%	
Cash	—	%	 	2	%	 	3	%	
Total	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	

The target asset allocation used to manage the investment portfolios is based on the broad asset categories shown above. The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories.

The fair value of the U.K. plan assets was $399 million and $427 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the expected long-term weighted average rate of return on these plan assets was 7.00% in 2015 and 7.50% in 2014.

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets
The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the U.S. and foreign pension plans. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. There are no shares of our common stock included in the plan assets of our pension plans.

73

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

United States Pension Plans

 	December 31, 2015	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Money market funds	$	—	
 	 	$	7,493	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	7,493	
 	
Equity securities	174,664	
 	 	140,270	
 	 	—	
 	 	314,934	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	205,246	
 	 	—	
 	 	205,246	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	143,449	
 	 	21,424	
 	 	—	
 	 	164,873	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	592,111	
 	 	—	
 	 	592,111	
 	
Mortgage-backed securities	—	
 	 	14,810	
 	 	1,592	
 	 	16,402	
 	
Asset-backed securities	—	
 	 	2,535	
 	 	—	
 	 	2,535	
 	
Private equity	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	63,577	
 	 	63,577	
 	
Real estate	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	82,569	
 	 	82,569	
 	
Securities lending collateral (1)	—	
 	 	154,690	
 	 	—	
 	 	154,690	
 	
Total plan assets at fair value	$	318,113	
 	 	$	1,138,579	
 	 	$	147,738	
 	 	$	1,604,430	
 	
Securities lending payable (1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	(154,690	)	
Cash	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,072	
 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,978	
 	
Fair value of plan assets available for benefits	

 	 	
 	
 	 	$	1,460,790	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2014	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Money market funds	$	—	
 	 	$	10,758	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	10,758	
 	
Equity securities	180,069	
 	 	146,716	
 	 	—	
 	 	326,785	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	261,571	
 	 	—	
 	 	261,571	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	184,209	
 	 	25,131	
 	 	—	
 	 	209,340	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	598,927	
 	 	—	
 	 	598,927	
 	
Mortgage-backed securities	—	
 	 	20,401	
 	 	2,102	
 	 	22,503	
 	
Asset-backed securities	—	
 	 	2,158	
 	 	—	
 	 	2,158	
 	
Private equity	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	81,246	
 	 	81,246	
 	
Real estate	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	74,747	
 	 	74,747	
 	
Securities lending collateral (1)	—	
 	 	131,901	
 	 	—	
 	 	131,901	
 	
Total plan assets at fair value	$	364,278	
 	 	$	1,197,563	
 	 	$	158,095	
 	 	$	1,719,936	
 	
Securities lending payable (1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	(131,901	)	
Cash	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,621	
 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	807	
 	
Fair value of plan assets available for benefits	

 	 	
 	
 	 	$	1,593,463	
 	
(1) Securities lending collateral is offset by a corresponding securities lending payable amount.

74

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Foreign Plans

 	December 31, 2015	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Money market funds	$	—	
 	 	$	7,596	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	7,596	
 	
Equity securities	33,855	
 	 	183,110	
 	 	—	
 	 	216,965	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	138,220	
 	 	—	
 	 	138,220	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	—	
 	 	73,573	
 	 	—	
 	 	73,573	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	27,279	
 	 	—	
 	 	27,279	
 	
Real estate	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	39,177	
 	 	39,177	
 	
Diversified growth funds	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	20,513	
 	 	20,513	
 	
Total plan assets at fair value	$	33,855	
 	 	$	429,778	
 	 	$	59,690	
 	 	$	523,323	
 	
Cash	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,376	
 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	413	
 	
Fair value of plan assets available for benefits	

 	 	
 	
 	 	$	530,112	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	December 31, 2014	
 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	
Money market funds	$	—	
 	 	$	6,684	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	6,684	
 	
Equity securities	99,570	
 	 	190,924	
 	 	—	
 	 	290,494	
 	
Commingled fixed income securities	—	
 	 	151,017	
 	 	—	
 	 	151,017	
 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies and municipalities	—	
 	 	85,711	
 	 	—	
 	 	85,711	
 	
Debt securities - corporate	—	
 	 	26,154	
 	 	—	
 	 	26,154	
 	
Total plan assets at fair value	$	99,570	
 	 	$	460,490	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	560,060	
 	
Cash	 	 	 	 	 	 	10,859	
 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,073	
 	
Fair value of plan assets available for benefits	

 	 	
 	
 	 	$	574,992	

The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy:
 	 	
•	Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper of companies and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits. They are classified as Level 2 since they are not actively traded on an exchange.	
 	 	
•	Equity Securities: Equity securities include U.S. and foreign common stock, American Depository Receipts, preferred stock and commingled funds. Equity securities classified as Level 1 are valued using active, high volume trades for identical securities. Equity securities classified as Level 2 represent those not listed on an exchange in an active market. These securities are valued based on quoted market prices of similar securities.	
 	 	
•	Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Mutual funds that invest in a variety of fixed income securities including securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. Value of the funds is based on the net asset value (NAV) per unit as reported by the fund manager. NAV is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. Commingled fixed income securities are not listed on an active exchange and are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Debt Securities - U.S. and Foreign Governments, Agencies and Municipalities: Government securities include treasury notes and bonds, foreign government issues, U.S. government sponsored agency debt and commingled funds. Municipal debt securities include general obligation securities and revenue-backed securities. Debt securities classified as Level 1 are valued using active, high volume	

75

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

trades for identical securities. Debt securities classified as Level 2 are valued through benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities.
 	 	
•	Debt Securities – Corporate: Investments are comprised of both investment grade debt (≥BBB-) and high-yield debt (≤BBB-). The fair value of corporate debt securities is valued using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS): Investments are comprised of agency-backed MBS, non-agency MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial MBS, and commingled funds. These securities are valued based on external pricing indices. When external index pricing is not observable, MBS are valued based on external price/spread data. If neither pricing method is available, broker quotes are utilized. When inputs are observable and supported by an active market, MBS are classified as Level 2 and when inputs are unobservable, MBS are classified as Level 3.	
 	 	
•	Asset-Backed Securities (ABS): Investments are primarily comprised of credit card receivables, auto loan receivables, student loan receivables, and Small Business Administration loans. These securities are valued based on external pricing indices or external price/spread data and are classified as Level 2.	
 	 	
•	Private Equity: Investments are comprised of units in fund-of-funds investment vehicles. Fund-of-funds consist of various private equity investments and are used in an effort to gain greater diversification. The investments are valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques, and are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value.	
 	 	
•	Real Estate: Investments include units in open-ended commingled real estate funds. Properties that comprise these funds are valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques, and are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value.	
 	 	
•	Diversified Growth Funds: Investments are comprised of units in commingled diversified growth funds. These investments are valued based on the net asset value (NAV) per unit as reported by the fund manager, and are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value. 	
 	 	
•	Securities Lending Fund: Investment represents a commingled fund through our custodian's securities lending program. The U.S. pension plan lends securities that are held within the plan to other banks and/or brokers, and receives collateral, typically cash. This collateral is invested in a short-term fixed income securities commingled fund. The commingled fund is not listed or traded on an exchange and is classified as Level 2. This amount invested in the fund is offset by a corresponding liability reflected in the U.S. pension plan's net assets available for benefits.	

Level 3 Gains and Losses
The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

United States Pension Plans

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Mortgage-backed securities	 	Private equity	 	Real estate	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2,634	
 	 	$	87,470	
 	 	$	67,917	
 	 	$	158,021	
 	
Realized gains	12	
 	 	11,174	
 	 	285	
 	 	11,471	
 	
Unrealized gains	59	
 	 	1,886	
 	 	6,140	
 	 	8,085	
 	
Net purchases, sales and settlements	(603	)	 	(19,284	)	 	405	
 	 	(19,482	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	2,102	
 	 	81,246	
 	 	74,747	
 	 	158,095	
 	
Realized gains	10	
 	 	14,288	
 	 	1,027	
 	 	15,325	
 	
Unrealized gains (losses)	28	
 	 	(6,844	)	 	7,043	
 	 	227	
 	
Net purchases, sales and settlements	(548	)	 	(25,113	)	 	(248	)	 	(25,909	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,592	
 	 	$	63,577	
 	 	$	82,569	
 	 	$	147,738	

76

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Foreign Pension Plans

 	Diversified growth funds	 	Real estate	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Unrealized gains	(119	)	 	(1,685	)	 	(1,804	)	
Net purchases, sales and settlements	20,632	
 	 	40,862	
 	 	61,494	
 	
Balance at December 31, 2015	20,513	
 	 	39,177	
 	 	59,690	
 	
Nonpension Postretirement Benefits
The benefit obligation and funded status for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows:

 	2015	 	2014	
Benefit obligation	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation - beginning of year	$	253,980	
 	 	$	231,153	
 	
Service cost	2,455	
 	 	2,683	
 	
Interest cost	8,799	
 	 	9,951	
 	
Plan participants' contributions	4,332	
 	 	5,418	
 	
Actuarial (gain) loss	(31,253	)	 	37,532	
 	
Foreign currency changes	(3,289	)	 	(2,096	)	
Curtailment	—	
 	 	(2,160	)	
Benefits paid	(23,146	)	 	(28,501	)	
Benefit obligation - end of year (1)	$	211,878	
 	 	$	253,980	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Company contribution	18,814	
 	 	23,083	
 	
Plan participants' contributions	4,332	
 	 	5,418	
 	
Benefits paid	(23,146	)	 	(28,501	)	
Fair value of plan assets - end of year	$	—	
 	 	$	—	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets	 	 	 	
Current liability	$	(19,406	)	 	$	(22,113	)	
Non-current liability	(192,472	)	 	(231,867	)	
Funded status	$	(211,878	)	 	$	(253,980	)	
 	 	
(1)	The benefit obligation for the U.S. nonpension postretirement plans was $198 million and $231 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.	

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:

 	2015	 	2014	
Net actuarial loss	$	59,174	
 	 	$	97,955	
 	
Prior service cost	2,060	
 	 	2,356	
 	
Total	$	61,234	
 	 	$	100,311	

77

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The components of net periodic benefit cost for nonpension postretirement benefit plans were as follows:

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Service cost	$	2,455	
 	 	$	2,683	
 	 	$	3,684	
 	
Interest cost	8,799	
 	 	9,951	
 	 	9,503	
 	
Amortization of prior service cost	297	
 	 	159	
 	 	128	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	7,528	
 	 	5,949	
 	 	7,433	
 	
Curtailment	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	2,920	
 	
Net periodic benefit cost	$	19,079	
 	 	$	18,742	
 	 	$	23,668	

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation for nonpension postretirement benefit plans recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

 	2015	 	2014	
Net actuarial (gain) loss	$	(31,253	)	 	$	37,532	
 	
Curtailment	—	
 	 	(2,160	)	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	(7,528	)	 	(5,949	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	(297	)	 	(159	)	
Other adjustments	
 	 	412	
 	
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	$	(39,078	)	 	$	29,676	

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are as follows:

Net actuarial loss	$	5,438	
 	
Prior service cost	297	
 	
Total	$	5,735	

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine end of year benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost include:

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	4.20	%	 	3.90	%	 	4.40	%	
Canada	3.95	%	 	3.80	%	 	4.65	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate used to determine net period benefit cost	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	3.90	%	 	4.40	%	 	3.65	%	
Canada	3.80	%	 	4.65	%	 	3.90	%	

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the U.S. plan was 6.0% for 2015 and 6.5% for 2014. The assumed health care trend rate is 6.0% for 2016 and will gradually decline to 5.0% by the year 2019 and remain at that level thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 	1% Increase	 	1% Decrease	
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	$	389	
 	 	$	(326	)	
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	$	7,841	
 	 	$	(6,730	)	

78

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid.

 	Pension Benefits	 	Nonpension Benefits	
Years ending December 31,	 	 	 	
2016	$	125,403	
 	 	$	19,475	
 	
2017	123,478	
 	 	18,799	
 	
2018	124,090	
 	 	18,088	
 	
2019	125,622	
 	 	17,515	
 	
2020	127,960	
 	 	16,846	
 	
2021 - 2025	644,862	
 	 	75,468	
 	
 	$	1,271,415	
 	 	$	166,191	

Savings Plans
We offer voluntary defined contribution plans to our U.S. employees designed to help them accumulate additional savings for retirement. We provide a core contribution to all employees, regardless if they participate in the plan, and match a portion of each participating employees' contribution, based on eligible pay. Total contributions to our defined contribution plans were $28 million in 2015 and $25 million in 2014.

79

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes
Income from continuing operations before taxes consisted of the following:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
U.S.	$	516,233	
 	 	$	356,017	
 	 	$	288,660	
 	
International	94,592	
 	 	75,179	
 	 	95,294	
 	
Total	$	610,825	
 	 	$	431,196	
 	 	$	383,954	

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
U.S. Federal:	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	$	115,557	
 	 	$	71,683	
 	 	$	78,315	
 	
Deferred	19,941	
 	 	6,941	
 	 	(19,754	)	
 	135,498	
 	 	78,624	
 	 	58,561	
 	
U.S. State and Local:	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	11,243	
 	 	7,186	
 	 	5,359	
 	
Deferred	16,094	
 	 	(9,307	)	 	(8,026	)	
 	27,337	
 	 	(2,121	)	 	(2,667	)	
International:	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	22,794	
 	 	32,492	
 	 	28,063	
 	
Deferred	4,149	
 	 	3,820	
 	 	(5,990	)	
 	26,943	
 	 	36,312	
 	 	22,073	

Total current	149,594	
 	 	111,361	
 	 	111,737	
 	
Total deferred	40,184	
 	 	1,454	
 	 	(33,770	)	
Total provision for income taxes	$	189,778	
 	 	$	112,815	
 	 	$	77,967	

Effective tax rate	31.1	%	 	26.2	%	 	20.3	%	

The effective tax rate for 2015 includes tax benefits of $20 million from the disposition of Imagitas and $3 million from the retroactive effect of 2015 tax legislation.

The effective tax rate for 2014 includes tax benefits of $22 million from the resolution of tax examinations and $5 million from the retroactive effect of 2014 U.S. tax legislation.

The effective tax rate for 2013 includes tax benefits of $13 million from an affiliate reorganization, $17 million from tax planning initiatives and $5 million from the adjustment of non-U.S. tax accounts from prior periods and the retroactive effect of 2013 U.S. tax legislation.

80

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

The items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and our provision for income taxes consist of the following:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Federal statutory provision	$	213,789	
 	 	$	150,920	
 	 	$	134,389	
 	
State and local income taxes	17,769	
 	 	(1,379	)	 	(1,733	)	
Other impact of foreign operations	(6,492	)	 	(12,668	)	 	(28,238	)	
Tax exempt income/reimbursement	(1,171	)	 	(1,327	)	 	(1,672	)	
Federal income tax credits/incentives	(10,959	)	 	(17,905	)	 	(10,282	)	
Unrealized stock compensation benefits	2,658	
 	 	2,318	
 	 	2,292	
 	
Resolution of U.S. tax examinations	—	
 	 	(5,856	)	 	(3,853	)	
Outside basis differences	(27,110	)	 	—	
 	 	(13,214	)	
Other, net	1,294	
 	 	(1,288	)	 	278	
 	
Provision for income taxes	$	189,778	
 	 	$	112,815	
 	 	$	77,967	
 	
Other impacts of foreign operations include income of foreign affiliates taxed at rates other than the 35% U.S. statutory rate, the accrual or release of tax uncertainty amounts related to foreign operations, the tax impacts of foreign earnings repatriation and the U.S. foreign tax credit impacts of foreign income taxed in the U.S.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 	December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	
Depreciation	$	(69,622	)	 	$	(60,282	)	
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sale to finance subsidiary	(108,061	)	 	(114,633	)	
Lease revenue and related depreciation	(188,231	)	 	(205,683	)	
Amortizable intangibles	(119,453	)	 	(74,034	)	
Other	(41,149	)	 	(64,900	)	
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(526,516	)	 	(519,532	)	
 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	
Nonpension postretirement benefits	79,861	
 	 	82,181	
 	
Pension	104,166	
 	 	141,492	
 	
Inventory and equipment capitalization	14,934	
 	 	18,502	
 	
Restructuring charges	14,238	
 	 	35,432	
 	
Long-term incentives	22,111	
 	 	25,718	
 	
Net operating loss	111,351	
 	 	102,686	
 	
Tax credit carry forwards	54,183	
 	 	47,493	
 	
Tax uncertainties gross-up	21,191	
 	 	22,851	
 	
Other	96,412	
 	 	125,512	
 	
Gross deferred tax assets	518,447	
 	 	601,867	
 	
Less: Valuation allowance	(132,624	)	 	(116,935	)	
Net deferred tax assets	385,823	
 	 	484,932	
 	
Total deferred taxes, net	$	(140,693	)	 	$	(34,600	)	
A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the total deferred tax assets to an amount that will more-likely-than-not be realized. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain foreign, state and local net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that are more-likely-than-not to expire unutilized.

81

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

We have net operating loss carryforwards of $310 million as of December 31, 2015, of which, $251 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over the next 15 years. In addition, we have tax credit carryforwards of $54 million, of which $39 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over the next 10 to 15 years.

As of December 31, 2015 we have not provided for income taxes on $860 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. as these earnings will be either indefinitely reinvested or remitted substantially free of additional tax. However, we estimate that withholding taxes on such remittances would be $13 million. Determination of the liability that would be incurred if these earnings were remitted to the U.S. is not practicable as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to determining the amount of foreign tax credits and other indirect tax consequences that may arise from the distribution of these earnings.

Uncertain Tax Positions
A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Balance at beginning of year	$	132,495	
 	 	$	172,594	
 	 	$	151,098	
 	
Increases from prior period positions	7,637	
 	 	9,090	
 	 	15,777	
 	
Decreases from prior period positions	(16,753	)	 	(33,692	)	 	(6,908	)	
Increases from current period positions	23,533	
 	 	17,704	
 	 	23,549	
 	
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities	(3,831	)	 	(22,127	)	 	(482	)	
Reductions from lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(3,832	)	 	(11,074	)	 	(10,440	)	
Balance at end of year	$	139,249	
 	 	$	132,495	
 	 	$	172,594	
 	
The amount of the unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 that would affect the effective tax rate if recognized was $117 million, $109 million and $148 million, respectively.

On a regular basis, we conclude tax return examinations, statutes of limitations expire, and court decisions interpret tax law. We regularly assess tax uncertainties in light of these developments. As a result, it is reasonably possible that the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months, and we expect this change could be up to 15% of our unrecognized tax benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes. We recognized interest and penalties of $(4) million, $2 million and $27 million related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We had $10 million and $11 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other Tax Matters
As is the case with other large corporations, our tax returns are examined each year by tax authorities in the U.S. and other global taxing jurisdictions in which we have operations. The IRS examinations of our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for tax years prior to 2012 are closed to audit. Additionally, in the U.S. we are subject to examination on various post-2005 State and Local taxes. In Canada, the examination of our tax filings prior to 2009 are closed to audit, except for the pending application of legal principles to specific issues arising in earlier years. Other significant jurisdictions in which we have, or have recently completed, tax examinations include France, closed through the end of 2012, Germany closed through the end of 2011 and except for an item under appeal the U.K. closed through the end of 2011. We have other less significant tax filings currently subject to examination.
We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. We believe we have established tax reserves that are appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. However, determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law and the possibility of tax adjustments. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact, positive or negative, on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

82

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

16. Noncontrolling Interests (Preferred Stockholders’ Equity in Subsidiaries)
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc. (PBIH), a subsidiary of the company, has 300,000 shares of outstanding perpetual voting preferred stock valued at $300 million held by certain institutional investors (PBIH Preferred Stock). The holders of PBIH Preferred Stock are entitled as a group to 25% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of PBIH. All outstanding common stock of PBIH, representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock, is owned directly or indirectly by the company. The PBIH Preferred Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 6.125% through April 30, 2016. Commencing October 30, 2016, the PBIH Preferred Stock is redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of PBIH. If the PBIH Preferred Stock is not redeemed in whole prior to October 30, 2016, the dividend rate increases 50% and will increase 50% every six months thereafter. No dividends were in arrears at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

17. Commitments and Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, clients or others. In management's opinion, the potential liability, if any, that may result from these actions, either individually or collectively, is not reasonably expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurances in this regard.

In 2015, we finalized the settlement with the Department of Justice relating to an investigation it had conducted regarding compliance with certain postal regulatory requirements in our Presort Services business without any admission of liability by the Company. As a result of the settlement, we recorded a charge of $7 million, net of estimated recoveries in 2015. This charge is recorded in other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

18. Leases
We lease office facilities, sales and service offices, equipment and other properties under operating lease agreements with varying terms. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance and include renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense was $47 million, $55 million and $67 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2015 were as follows:

Years ending December 31,	 	
2016	$	39,782	
 	
2017	31,178	
 	
2018	26,087	
 	
2019	21,874	
 	
2020	14,916	
 	
Thereafter	67,782	
 	
Total minimum lease payments	$	201,619	

83

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Stockholders' Equity
Preferred and Preference Stock
We have two classes of preferred stock issued and outstanding: the 4% Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock) and the $2.12 Preference Stock (the Preference Stock) .  The Preferred Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends of $2 per year and can be converted into 24.24 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, in certain events. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at our option at a price of $50 per share, plus dividends accrued through the redemption date. We are authorized to issue 600,000 shares of Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were 12 shares and 24 shares outstanding, respectively. There are no unpaid dividends in arrears.

The Preference Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends of $2.12 per year and can be converted into 16.53 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, in certain events. The Preference Stock is redeemable at our option at a price of $28 per share. We are authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preference Stock. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were 18,660 shares and 20,237 shares outstanding, respectively. There are no unpaid dividends in arrears.

Common and Treasury Stock
The following table summarizes the changes in shares of Common Stock outstanding and Treasury Stock:

 	Common Stock Outstanding	 	Treasury Stock	
Balance at December 31, 2012	200,884,047	
 	 	122,453,865	
 	
Issuance of common stock	1,163,668	
 	 	(1,163,668	)	
Conversions to common stock	34,807	
 	 	(34,807	)	
Balance at December 31, 2013	202,082,522	
 	 	121,255,390	
 	
Repurchases of common stock	(1,863,262	)	 	1,863,262	
 	
Issuance of common stock	781,032	
 	 	(781,032	)	
Conversions to common stock	27,672	
 	 	(27,672	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	201,027,964	
 	 	122,309,948	
 	
Repurchases of common stock	(6,476,796	)	 	6,476,796	
 	
Issuance of common stock	943,686	
 	 	(943,686	)	
Conversions to common stock	26,354	
 	 	(26,354	)	
December 31, 2015	195,521,208	
 	 	127,816,704	

At December 31, 2015, 35,377,289 shares were reserved for issuance under our stock plans, dividend reinvestment program and the conversion of Preferred Stock and Preference Stock.

84

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 	Amounts Reclassified from AOCI (a)	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	$	1,082	
 	 	$	1,276	
 	 	$	(835	)	
Cost of sales	551	
 	 	(140	)	 	332	
 	
Interest expense	(2,028	)	 	(2,028	)	 	(2,028	)	
Total before tax	(395	)	 	(892	)	 	(2,531	)	
Tax benefit	(164	)	 	(347	)	 	(987	)	
Net of tax	$	(231	)	 	$	(545	)	 	$	(1,544	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gains (losses) on available for sale securities	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income	$	1,134	
 	 	$	(1,149	)	 	$	(1,140	)	
Tax provision (benefit)	419	
 	 	(424	)	 	(422	)	
Net of tax	$	715	
 	 	$	(725	)	 	$	(718	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans (b)	 	 	 	 	 	
Transition asset	$	9	
 	 	$	10	
 	 	$	9	
 	
Prior service costs	(171	)	 	(111	)	 	(620	)	
Actuarial losses	(43,969	)	 	(43,702	)	 	(54,372	)	
Total before tax	(44,131	)	 	(43,803	)	 	(54,983	)	
Tax benefit	(15,966	)	 	(15,643	)	 	(19,228	)	
Net of tax	$	(28,165	)	 	$	(28,160	)	 	$	(35,755	)	
(a)     Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to income and increases to other comprehensive income (loss).
 	 	
(b)	Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into selling, general and administrative expenses. These amounts are included in the computation of net periodic costs of defined benefit pension plans and nonpension postretirement benefit plans (see Note 14 for additional details).	

85

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 	Cash flow hedges	 	Available-for-sale securities	 	Pension and postretirement benefit plans	 	Foreign currency adjustments	 	Total	
Balance January 1, 2013	$	(7,777	)	 	$	4,513	
 	 	$	(759,199	)	 	$	81,250	
 	 	$	(681,213	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)	(147	)	 	(7,000	)	 	122,023	
 	 	(39,489	)	 	75,387	
 	
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b)	1,544	
 	 	718	
 	 	35,755	
 	 	(6,747	)	 	31,270	
 	
Net other comprehensive income (loss)	1,397	
 	 	(6,282	)	 	157,778	
 	 	(46,236	)	 	106,657	
 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	(6,380	)	 	(1,769	)	 	(601,421	)	 	35,014	
 	 	(574,556	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)	1,146	
 	 	4,010	
 	 	(212,818	)	 	(89,584	)	 	(297,246	)	
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b), (c)	545	
 	 	725	
 	 	28,160	
 	 	(3,784	)	 	25,646	
 	
Net other comprehensive income (loss)	1,691	
 	 	4,735	
 	 	(184,658	)	 	(93,368	)	 	(271,600	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	(4,689	)	 	2,966	
 	 	(786,079	)	 	(58,354	)	 	(846,156	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (a)	546	
 	 	(1,715	)	 	19,146	
 	 	(91,436	)	 	(73,459	)	
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (a), (b), (c)	231	
 	 	(715	)	 	28,165	
 	 	3,299	
 	 	30,980	
 	
Net other comprehensive income (loss)	777	
 	 	(2,430	)	 	47,311	
 	 	(88,137	)	 	(42,479	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	(3,912	)	 	$	536	
 	 	$	(738,768	)	 	$	(146,491	)	 	$	(888,635	)	
(a)     Amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to AOCI.
(b)     See table above for additional details of these reclassifications.
 	 	
(c)	Foreign currency item amount represents the recognition of deferred translation upon the sale of certain businesses.	

21. Stock-Based Compensation Plans
The following table shows stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Cost of equipment sales	$	998	
 	 	$	1,004	
 	 	$	886	
 	
Cost of software	211	
 	 	95	
 	 	—	
 	
Cost of support services	786	
 	 	607	
 	 	382	
 	
Cost of business services	845	
 	 	694	
 	 	527	
 	
Selling, general and administrative	16,460	
 	 	14,028	
 	 	11,099	
 	
Research and development	1,749	
 	 	1,018	
 	 	435	
 	
Discontinued operations (1)	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,592	
 	
Stock-based compensation expense	21,049	
 	 	17,446	
 	 	14,921	
 	
Tax benefit	(8,083	)	 	(6,699	)	 	(5,759	)	
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax	$	12,966	
 	 	$	10,747	
 	 	$	9,162	
 	
(1) Amount represents the expense related to the immediate vesting of restricted stock units and stock options held by employees of PBMS upon the sale of the business.

86

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Stock Plans
We have a long-term incentive program whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units, non-qualified stock options, other stock-based awards, cash or any combination thereof. The Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers these plans. We settle employee stock compensation awards with treasury shares. At December 31, 2015, there were 20,092,604 shares available for future grants under our long-term incentive program.

Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units (RSUs) entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the units vest, typically over a three or four year service period. The following table summarizes information about restricted stock units during 2015 and 2014:

 	2015	 	2014	
 	Shares	 	Weighted average grant date fair value	 	Shares	 	Weighted average grant date fair value	
Outstanding - beginning of the year	1,819,239	
 	 	$	16.41	
 	 	1,941,312	
 	 	$	13.19	
 	
Granted	809,436	
 	 	21.15	
 	 	685,994	
 	 	23.62	
 	
Vested	(802,284	)	 	16.88	
 	 	(713,886	)	 	14.50	
 	
Forfeited	(99,177	)	 	17.93	
 	 	(94,181	)	 	15.11	
 	
Outstanding - end of the year	1,727,214	
 	 	$	18.30	
 	 	1,819,239	
 	 	$	16.41	

The fair value of RSUs is determined based on the stock price on the grant date less the present value of expected dividends. At December 31, 2015, there was $13 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $36 million. The intrinsic value of RSUs vested during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $18 million, $18 million and $15 million, respectively. The fair value of RSUs vested during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $14 million, $10 million and $18 million, respectively. During 2013, we granted 1,365,798 RSUs at a weighted average fair value of $10.37.
Non-employee directors receive restricted stock units which are convertible into shares of common stock one year from date of grant. In 2015 and 2014, 12,824 and 34,344 restricted stock units were awarded to non-employee directors, respectively.

Performance Stock Units
The following table summarizes share information about Performance stock units (PSUs) during 2015:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	
Outstanding - beginning of the year	606,715	
 	 	—	
 	
Granted	725,330	
 	 	493,255	
 	
Performance adjustments	(188,774	)	 	113,460	
 	
Forfeited	(35,756	)	 	—	
 	
Outstanding - end of the year	1,107,515	
 	 	606,715	

PSUs are stock awards where the number of shares ultimately received by the employee is conditional upon the attainment of certain performance targets as well as total shareholder return relative to peer companies. PSUs vest at the end of a three-year service period and the actual number of shares awarded may range from 0% to 200% of the target award. However, the final determination of the number of shares to be issued is made by our Board of Directors, who may reduce, but not increase, the ultimate number of shares to be awarded (negative discretion). PSUs are accounted for as variable awards until the end of the service period when the grant date is established.

Total share-based compensation expense for PSUs is determined by the product of the number of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest and the fair value of the award, determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model, commencing at the inception of the requisite service period. During the performance period, the compensation expense for PSUs is re-computed using the fair value of the award, determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model each balance sheet date. Due to the variability of these awards, significant fluctuations in share-based compensation expense recognized from one period to the next are possible. At December 31, 2015, there was $14 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to PSUs that will be recognized over 1.7 years.

87

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Stock Options
Stock options may be granted to certain officers and employees at an exercise price equal to or greater than the stock price of our common stock on the grant date. Options vest ratably over three or four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2015, there was less than $1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. The intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2015 was $3 million and $2 million, respectively. No stock options were exercised in 2015. The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2014 was not material.

The following table summarizes information about stock option activity during 2015 and 2014:

 	2015	 	2014	
 	Shares	 	Per share weighted average exercise prices	 	Shares	 	Per share weighted average exercise prices	
Options outstanding - beginning of the year	10,708,694	
 	 	$	34.27	
 	 	12,396,894	
 	 	$	34.90	
 	
Granted	200,000	
 	 	24.79	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Exercised	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(137,072	)	 	22.78	
 	
Canceled	(100,200	)	 	31.59	
 	 	(114,925	)	 	36.05	
 	
Expired	(2,036,894	)	 	46.42	
 	 	(1,436,203	)	 	40.06	
 	
Options outstanding - end of the year	8,771,600	
 	 	$	31.26	
 	 	10,708,694	
 	 	$	34.27	
 	
Options exercisable - end of the year	8,054,932	
 	 	$	32.14	
 	 	9,808,694	
 	 	$	35.60	

The following table provides additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2015:

 	 	Options Outstanding	 	Options Exercisable	
Range of per share exercise prices	 	Shares	 	Per share weighted-average exercise price	 	Weighted-average remaining contractual life	 	Shares	 	Per share weighted-average exercise price	 	Weighted-average remaining contractual life	
$13.39 - $22.99	 	2,290,103	
 	 	$	20.23	
 	 	5.6 years	 	1,880,102	
 	 	$	20.50	
 	 	5.3 years	
$23.00 - $30.99	 	2,538,566	
 	 	25.26	
 	 	4.7 years	 	2,231,899	
 	 	25.36	
 	 	4.1 years	
$31.00 - $45.99	 	3,311,665	
 	 	40.30	
 	 	1.2 years	 	3,311,665	
 	 	40.30	
 	 	1.2 years	
$46.00 - $48.03	 	631,266	
 	 	48.03	
 	 	1.1 years	 	631,266	
 	 	48.03	
 	 	1.1 years	
 	 	8,771,600	
 	 	$	31.26	
 	 	3.4 years	 	8,054,932	
 	 	$	32.14	
 	 	2.9 years	

We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model. Key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the volatility of our stock price, a risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and expected life of the award. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. treasuries with a term equal to the expected option term. The expected stock price volatility, life of the award and expected dividend yield are based on historical experience. In 2014 there were no stock options granted and in 2013, we granted 800,000 options at a weighted average exercise price of $21.93.

The fair value of stock options granted during 2015 was determined using the following assumptions:

Expected dividend yield	3.4	%	
Expected stock price volatility	29.0	%	
Risk-free interest rate	2.0	%	
Expected life	7 years	
 	
Weighted-average fair value per option granted	$3.38	
Fair value of options granted (in thousands)	$676	

88

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We maintain a non-compensatory Employee Stock Purchase Plan that enables substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an offering price of 95% of the average market price on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees purchased 131,769 shares and 87,606 shares in 2015 and 2014, respectively. We have reserved 3,068,737 common shares for future purchase under the ESPP.
 
22. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 	First
Quarter	 	Second Quarter	 	Third Quarter	 	Fourth Quarter	 	Total	
2015	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	$	890,681	
 	 	$	880,891	
 	 	$	869,541	
 	 	$	936,947	
 	 	$	3,578,060	
 	
Cost of revenues	390,525	
 	 	385,182	
 	 	376,205	
 	 	406,679	
 	 	1,558,591	
 	
Operating expenses	364,560	
 	 	286,256	
 	 	356,784	
 	 	401,044	
 	 	1,408,644	
 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	135,596	
 	 	209,453	
 	 	136,552	
 	 	129,224	
 	 	610,825	
 	
Provision for income taxes	50,547	
 	 	52,351	
 	 	42,676	
 	 	44,204	
 	 	189,778	
 	
Income from continuing operations	85,049	
 	 	157,102	
 	 	93,876	
 	 	85,020	
 	 	421,047	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	157	
 	 	(739	)	 	—	
 	 	5,853	
 	 	5,271	
 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	85,206	
 	 	156,363	
 	 	93,876	
 	 	90,873	
 	 	426,318	
 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	4,594	
 	 	4,593	
 	 	4,594	
 	 	4,594	
 	 	18,375	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	80,612	
 	 	$	151,770	
 	 	$	89,282	
 	 	$	86,279	
 	 	$	407,943	

Amounts attributable to common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	$	80,455	
 	 	$	152,509	
 	 	$	89,282	
 	 	$	80,426	
 	 	$	402,672	
 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	157	
 	 	(739	)	 	—	
 	 	5,853	
 	 	5,271	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	80,612	
 	 	$	151,770	
 	 	$	89,282	
 	 	$	86,279	
 	 	$	407,943	
 	
Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders  (1) :	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.40	
 	 	$	0.76	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	 	$	0.40	
 	 	$	2.01	
 	
Discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.03	
 	 	0.03	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	0.40	
 	 	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	 	$	0.43	
 	 	$	2.04	
 	
Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders  (1) :	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.40	
 	 	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.44	
 	 	$	0.41	
 	 	$	2.00	
 	
Discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.03	
 	 	0.03	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	0.40	
 	 	$	0.75	
 	 	$	0.44	
 	 	$	0.44	
 	 	$	2.03	

(1)	The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.	

89

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	First
Quarter	 	Second Quarter	 	Third Quarter	 	Fourth Quarter	 	Total	
2014	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	$	937,497	
 	 	$	958,450	
 	 	$	941,644	
 	 	$	983,913	
 	 	$	3,821,504	
 	
Cost of revenues	409,866	
 	 	423,159	
 	 	421,544	
 	 	426,222	
 	 	1,680,791	
 	
Operating expenses	473,129	
 	 	396,814	
 	 	378,563	
 	 	461,011	
 	 	1,709,517	
 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	54,502	
 	 	138,477	
 	 	141,537	
 	 	96,680	
 	 	431,196	
 	
Provision for income taxes	8,036	
 	 	46,335	
 	 	25,310	
 	 	33,134	
 	 	112,815	
 	
Income from continuing operations	46,466	
 	 	92,142	
 	 	116,227	
 	 	63,546	
 	 	318,381	
 	
Income from discontinued operations	2,801	
 	 	6,717	
 	 	20,655	
 	 	3,576	
 	 	33,749	
 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	49,267	
 	 	98,859	
 	 	136,882	
 	 	67,122	
 	 	352,130	
 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	4,594	
 	 	4,594	
 	 	4,593	
 	 	4,594	
 	 	18,375	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	44,673	
 	 	$	94,265	
 	 	$	132,289	
 	 	$	62,528	
 	 	$	333,755	

Amounts attributable to common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	$	41,872	
 	 	$	87,548	
 	 	$	111,634	
 	 	$	58,952	
 	 	$	300,006	
 	
Income from discontinued operations	2,801	
 	 	6,717	
 	 	20,655	
 	 	3,576	
 	 	33,749	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	44,673	
 	 	$	94,265	
 	 	$	132,289	
 	 	$	62,528	
 	 	$	333,755	
 	
Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders  (1) :	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.21	
 	 	$	0.43	
 	 	$	0.55	
 	 	$	0.29	
 	 	$	1.49	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.01	
 	 	0.03	
 	 	0.10	
 	 	0.02	
 	 	0.17	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	0.22	
 	 	$	0.47	
 	 	$	0.65	
 	 	$	0.31	
 	 	$	1.65	
 	
Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders  (1) :	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.21	
 	 	$	0.43	
 	 	$	0.55	
 	 	$	0.29	
 	 	$	1.47	
 	
Discontinued operations	0.01	
 	 	0.03	
 	 	0.10	
 	 	0.02	
 	 	0.17	
 	
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.	$	0.22	
 	 	$	0.46	
 	 	$	0.65	
 	 	$	0.31	
 	 	$	1.64	

(1)	The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.	

90

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(Dollars in thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Description	 	Balance at beginning of year	 	Additions charged to expense	 	Deductions	 	Balance at end of year	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	
2015	 	$	10,742	
 	 	$	1,408	
 	 	$	(2,888	)	 	$	9,262	
 	
2014	 	$	13,149	
 	 	$	2,041	
 	 	$	(4,448	)	 	$	10,742	
 	
2013	 	$	20,219	
 	 	$	3,881	
 	 	$	(10,951	)	 	$	13,149	

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset	
2015	 	$	116,935	
 	 	$	21,232	
 	 	$	(5,543	)	 	$	132,624	
 	
2014	 	$	122,780	
 	 	$	636	
 	 	$	(6,481	)	 	$	116,935	
 	
2013	 	$	142,176	
 	 	$	15,921	
 	 	$	(35,317	)	 	$	122,780	

91

Exhibit 10(o)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
Pitney Bowes Director Equity Deferral Plan

 	 	
I.	Establishment and Purpose	

The purpose of the Pitney Bowes Director Equity Deferral Plan (“Plan”) is to allow Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc. (“Company”) who receive equity awards, such as stock units (“Units”), as part of their Director compensation under the Pitney Bowes Inc. Director Stock Plan as amended and restated as of May 12, 2014 or any subsequent approved stock plan(s), to defer settlement of those equity awards until termination of service or retirement from the Company’s Board of Directors. The plan was approved by the Board of Directors November 8, 2013 effective May 12, 2014. The Plan is intended to comply with the rules under the Internal Revenue Code and specifically Section 409A (“IRC 409A”).
 	 	
II.	Eligibility to Participate	

A Director becomes eligible to participate in this Plan upon election or appointment to the Company’s Board of Directors.
 	 	
III.	Deferral Election	

A Director shall submit a deferral election on an approved form furnished by the Company regarding an equity award. The election generally must be made in the year prior to the year that the award is approved by the Board or upon commencement of Board service. The Board may set up procedures to accept deferral elections at such other times as are consistent with IRC 409A such as: (1) elections for newly eligible Directors, where the election is to be made within 30 days of initial eligibility, and (2) performance based compensation deferral elections, where the election can be made up to six months before the end of the performance period if (a) the Director performs services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date the performance criteria are established and (b) the satisfaction of the performance criteria is not readily ascertainable as of the time the election is made. A deferral election will not be allowed for awards or portions thereof that otherwise would vest and be settled within 12 months of the election, unless specifically allowed under the Plan and under IRC 409A.

An election to defer the settlement of an award must include the entire award type made on that award date. That is, a Director cannot defer only part of an award type, but can elect to defer all of an award type in one year and none the next year.

    

The Company may allow Directors to elect a modification of a prior election but only if the modification is made more than 12 months prior to when the settlement would otherwise occur and does not take effect for at least 12 months from the date of the modification election. Where the modification is deemed a subsequent election under IRC 409A, the deferral period or award settlement date is postponed by five years from the original Default Settlement Date or elected distribution date, as applicable.

Once a deferral election is made, the election may not be revoked and the deferral period may not be accelerated except as provided under this Plan document.

A Director’s deferral election will be cancelled (1) for the balance of the Plan Year in which an unforeseeable emergency payment is made and (2) during the period in which the Director is unable to perform duties of his or her position or substantially similar position due to a mental or physical impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of at least six months.
 	 	
IV.	Deferral Term	

A Director may elect to defer settlement of an equity award to termination of service or retirement from the Company’s Board of Directors

V.	Settlement	

Settlement of deferred equity Units means the conversion of an equity Unit into a full unrestricted share of Company common stock and the distribution of such shares to the Director, to the extent allowable under law. Fractional shares at settlement will either be payable in cash or used for additional withholding taxes.

The Plan’s Default Date of Settlement is the month immediately following the third month after the Director’s termination or retirement from Board service. If the Director elects settlement over a ten-year period following termination or retirement from Board service the settlement shall be made in equal share installments with the first settlement being made during the fourth month following the Director’s termination or retirement from Board service and each successive installment being in the same month in successive calendar years. Installment payments shall be treated as a single form of payment under the Plan.
 	 	
VI.	Vesting	

Equity Awards shall vest in accordance with the underlying equity award terms. Directors who submit a deferral election are deferring the settlement, not the vesting, of such awards to the deferral date elected or allowed under this Plan.

    

 	 	
VII.	Dividend Equivalents	

The underlying equity award shall specify when and if dividends or dividend equivalents are payable under the equity award. Dividend equivalents on deferred awards will be paid out to the Directors quarterly within 30 days of the dividend payment date on outstanding Company stock.
 	 	
VIII.	Voting Rights	

Deferred equity awards are considered notional or phantom shares and do not carry voting rights until they are settled into common shares at the end of the deferral period.
 	 	
IX.	Death	
  
In the event of a Director’s death, vested deferred Units will be settled and converted in Company common stock within 90 days of the Director’s death and will be payable to the Director’s estate unless the Director has designated in writing a specific beneficiary(ies).

X.	Change of Control	

If a Change of Control of Pitney Bowes Inc. meets the requirements of IRC Section 409A, deferred equity Units will be converted into Company common stock upon the Change of Control. Change of Control shall be defined as in the Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan.
 	 	
XI.	Tax Withholding	

Withholding from the award settlement into common stock will occur only if and to the extent required by federal, state, local or foreign law.
 	 	
XII.	Amendment	

Except for non-material administrative changes which can be made by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, all other amendments to this Plan requires the approval of the full Board. The Board may delegate ministerial actions to administer the Plan to Company’s Chief Executive Officer or other senior executive officers as the case maybe. The Board may terminate this Plan and settle all outstanding deferred awards. Amendments and termination may occur without prior notification.

    

 	 	
XIII.	General Assets	

To the extent any person acquires a right to receive payments hereunder, such rights are no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to its provisions shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind. No Director shall have any right, title or interest whatever in the assets of the Company.
 	 	
XIV.	Anti-assignment Rule	

A Director may not assign any interest or benefit under this Plan for any purposes. Purported assignments shall be null and void and of no effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Board may, at is sole discretion, make distributions to an alternate payee in accordance with the terms of domestic relations order (See IRC Section 414(p)(1)(B)).
 	 	
XV.	No Acquired Right	
The benefits provided by this Plan shall not rise to the level of an acquired right.

XVI.	Director Stock Ownership Policy	

Fully vested but deferred Units shall count toward the ownership requirements under the Director Stock Ownership Policy.
 	 	
XVII.	Director Duties	

Directors must keep the Company advised at all times of his or her current mailing address and other contact information.
 	 	
XVIII.	Designation of Beneficiary	

A Director may designate a beneficiary(ies) by submitting to the Company the beneficiary information in writing according to the format approved by the Company. If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is incompetent, the Company may make the distribution to (1) a legal guardian, or if none, to a parent at the minor’s residence, or (2) to a conservator, or (3) to a person having custody of an incompetent payee. Such distribution shall fully discharge the liability under this Plan.
 	 	
XIX.	IRC Section 409A	
 
This Plan is intended to comply with the Internal Revenue Code and specifically IRC 409A and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with its rules. Distributions may only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted under IRC

    

Section 409A. All payments made upon termination of service or retirement under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation of service” under IRC Section 409A. All deferral elections shall be consistent with permissible elections under IRC Section 409A.
 	 	
XX.	Plan Administrator and Administration	

This Plan shall be administered by the Executive Committee of the Board (“Committee”). The Committee shall have discretionary authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for administration of this Plan and to utilize its discretion to decide or resolve any and all questions as may arise in connection with the Plan. The Committee may delegate certain ministerial actions to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or other senior executive officers as the case maybe.

XXI.	Governing Law	

The laws of the State of Connecticut shall govern the construction and administration of the Plan.

    

    

Exhibit 10(p)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan

I.	Establishment and Purpose	

The purpose of the Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan (“Plan”) is to allow key executives (“Participants”) at Pitney Bowes Inc. and its designated subsidiaries and affiliates (“Company”) who receive equity awards as part of the Participant’s long-term incentive compensation, such as restricted stock units (“RSU”) and performance stock units (“PSU”), under the Pitney Bowes 2013 Stock Plan or any subsequent approved stock plan(s), to defer settlement of those equity awards until termination of employment or Retirement (termination of employment after age 55). The plan was approved by the Executive Compensation Committee and the board of directors on November 7, 2014 to facilitate Company executives in accumulating sizable holdings in Common stock as required under the Executive Stock Ownership Policy and to further align executive compensation with the interests of Company stockholders. This Plan may be offered to Participants in countries outside the United States on a country by country basis at the sole discretion of the Company. The Plan is intended to comply with the rules under the Internal Revenue Code and specifically Section 409A (“IRC 409A”).
 	 	
II.	Eligibility to Participate	

An executive becomes eligible to participate in this Plan upon receipt of specific written notification of eligibility to participate from the Company. Generally only the Company’s senior executives are eligible to participate in the Plan.
 	 	
III.	Deferral Election	

A Participant shall submit a deferral election on a form furnished or approved by the Company regarding an equity award. The election generally must be made in the year prior to the year that the award is approved by the board or the Company. However, the Company may set up procedures to accept deferral elections at such other times as are consistent with IRC 409A such as: (1) elections for newly eligible executives, where the election is to be made within 30 days of initial eligibility, and (2) performance based compensation deferral elections, where the election can be made up to six months before the end of the performance period if (a) the Participant performs services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date the performance criteria are established and (b) the satisfaction of the performance criteria is not readily ascertainable as of the time the election is made. A deferral election will not be allowed for awards or portions thereof that otherwise would vest and be settled

    

within 12 months of the election, unless specifically allowed under the Plan and under IRC 409A.

An election to defer the settlement of an award must include the entire award type made on that award date. For example, if the Participant is awarded both an RSU and PSU award, the Participant may elect to defer the entirety of either or both types of awards. Partial deferrals of equity awards will not be allowed under the Plan.

The Company may allow Participants to elect a modification of a prior election but only if the modification is made more than 12 months prior to when the settlement would otherwise occur and does not take effect for at least 12 months from the date of the modification election. Where the modification is deemed a subsequent election under IRC 409A, the deferral period or award settlement date is postponed by five years from the original Default Settlement Date or elected distribution date, as applicable.

Once a deferral election is made, the election may not be revoked and the deferral period may not be accelerated except as provided under this Plan document.

A Participant’s deferral election will be cancelled (1) for the balance of the Plan Year in which an unforeseeable emergency payment is made, (2) through the end of the Plan Year in which the six-month anniversary of a 401(k) Plan hardship distribution falls, and during the period in which the Participant is unable to perform duties of his or her position or substantially similar position due to a mental or physical impairment that can be expect to result in death or last for a continuous period of at least six months.
 	 	
IV.	Deferral Term	

A Participant may elect to defer settlement of an equity award in the following ways: (1) to a date certain while the Participant is still employed, (2) to termination of employment or Retirement or (3) over a period of ten years commencing at termination of employment, provided that if the Participant is not eligible to Retire, settlement shall instead be made at termination of employment. If a participant defers settlement to a date certain while still employed but terminates employment prior to the date certain, settlement of the equity award will occur upon termination of employment under Article V below.

V.	Settlement	

Settlement of deferred equity units means the conversion of an equity unit into a full unrestricted share of Company common stock and the distribution of such shares to the Participant, to the extent allowable under law. Fractional shares at settlement will either be payable in cash or used for additional withholding taxes.

    

The Plan’s Default Date of Settlement is (1) if the deferral was to a date certain and the Participant is still employed at such date certain, then settlement will occur within 30 days of the date certain; and (2) if the Participant terminates employment then settlement will be during the 7 month following the Participant’s termination of employment. If the participant elects settlement over a ten-year period following termination from employment and is eligible to Retire at the time of termination from employment, the settlement shall be made in equal share installments with the first settlement being made during the seventh month following the Participant’s termination from employment and each successive installment being in the same month in successive calendar years. Installment payments shall be treated as a single form of payment under the Plan. If the Participant has elected to defer an award to be settled in installments but terminates prior to Retirement, the award will be settled during the seventh month following the Participant’s termination from employment notwithstanding the Participant’s election.
 	 	
VI.	Vesting	

Equity Awards shall vest in accordance with the underlying equity award terms. Participants who submit a deferral election are deferring the settlement, not the vesting, of such awards to the deferral date elected or allowed under this Plan.
 	 	
VII.	Deferral of Dividend/Dividend Equivalents	

The underlying equity award shall specify when and if dividends are payable under the equity award. Dividend equivalents on deferred awards will be deferred into additional deferred restricted stock units under the same terms as the underlying deferred equity award generating those dividend equivalents. If dividends are payable under the equity award (e.g. after vesting of the award), dividend equivalents under deferred equity awards will be converted into additional vested restricted stock units with settlement deferred until the base deferral is settled pursuant to the Participant’s election or the Plan terms. Dividend equivalents will be deferred into additional vested restricted stock units based on the New York Stock Exchange closing stock price for the Company’s stock on the date the dividend on Company stock is otherwise paid to stockholders. Deferred dividend converted into additional restricted stock units will be converted into Company common shares at the same time as the equity award which gave rise to the dividend equivalent. Regular stock dividends will be payable once the units are converted into common shares at the end of the deferral period.
 	 	
VIII.	Voting Rights	

Deferred equity awards are considered notional or phantom shares and do not carry voting rights until they are settled into common shares at the end of the deferral period.
 	 	
IX.	Death and Disability	

    

  
In the event of a Participant’s death, vested deferred units will be settled and converted in Company common stock in the second month immediately following the Participant’s death and will be payable to the Participant’s estate unless the Participant has designated in writing a specific beneficiary(ies).

In the event of a Participant’s total disability, which shall be defined as the Participant’s termination from employment after two years on long term disability benefits, any outstanding deferred units shall be settled and converted in Company common stock in the seventh month immediately following the Participant’s termination of employment on account of disability. Settlement shall be treated as a termination of employment or Retirement as the case may be.
 	 	
X.	Change of Control	

If a Change of Control of Pitney Bowes Inc. meets the requirements of IRC Section 409A, deferred equity units will be converted into Company common stock upon the Participant’s termination of employment on account of a Change of Control and within 24 months of the Change of Control. Change of Control shall be defined as in the Company Senior Executive Severance Policy.
 	 	
XI.	Tax Withholding	

To the extent required by federal, state, local or foreign law, the Company may withhold applicable taxes upon settlement of a deferred equity award, including settlement of reinvested units derived from dividend equivalents, by withholding units or stock issued on the settlement.
 	 	
XII.	Amendment	

Except for non-material administrative changes, all other amendments to this Plan requires the approval of the Executive Compensation Committee. This Plan may be terminated by the Executive Compensation Committee of the board. Amendments and termination may occur without prior notification.
 	 	
XIII.	General Assets	

To the extent any person acquires a right to receive payments hereunder, such rights are no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to its provisions shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Participant or beneficiaries. No Participant shall have any right, title or interest whatever in the assets of the Company (or participating company).

    

 	 	
XIV.	Anti-assignment Rule	

A Participant may not assign any interest or benefit under this Plan for any purposes. Purported assignments shall be null and void and of no effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary here in the Company may, at is sole discretion, make distributions to an alternate payee in accordance with the terms of domestic relations order (See IRC Section 414(p)(1)(B)).
 	 	
XV.	No Employment Contract or No Acquired Right	
  
Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute an employment contract between the Company and the Participant. The benefits provided by this Plan shall not rise to the level of an acquired right.

XVI.	Executive Stock Ownership Policy	

Fully vested but deferred units shall count toward the ownership requirements under the Executive Stock Ownership Policy.
 	 	
XVII.	Participant Duties	

Participants must keep the Company advised at all times of his or her current mailing address and other contact information.
 	 	
XVIII.	Designation of Beneficiary	

A participant may designate a beneficiary(ies) by submitting to the Company the beneficiary information in writing according to the format approved by the Company. If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is incompetent, the Company may make the distribution to (1) a legal guardian, or if none, to a parent at the minor’s residence, or (2) to a conservator, or (3) to a person having custody of an incompetent payee. Such distribution shall fully discharge the Company’s liability.
 	 	
XIX.	IRC Section 409A	
 
This Plan is intended to comply with the Internal Revenue Code and specifically IRC 409A and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with its rules. Distributions may only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted under IRC Section 409A. All payments made upon termination of employment under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation of service” under IRC Section 409A. All deferral elections shall be consistent with permissible elections under IRC Section 409A.
 	 	
XX.	Plan Administrator and Administration	

    

This Plan shall be administered by the Executive Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the board. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for administration of this Plan and to utilize its discretion to decide or resolve any and all questions as may arise in connection with the Plan. The Committee may delegate certain ministerial actions to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer or other Senior Executive Officers as the case maybe. The Committee and the board as the case may be have the right to terminate this Plan without notice and to settle all outstanding deferred awards.

 	 	
XXI.	Governing Law	

The laws of the State of Connecticut shall govern the construction and administration of the Plan.

    

Exhibit 12

PITNEY BOWES INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Dollars in thousands)

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	610,825	
 	 	$	431,196	
 	 	$	383,954	
 	 	$	511,770	
 	 	$	465,616	
 	
Add:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (1)	162,909	
 	 	174,661	
 	 	195,836	
 	 	196,368	
 	 	203,061	
 	
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor	15,807	
 	 	18,367	
 	 	22,259	
 	 	22,564	
 	 	25,893	
 	
Amortization of capitalized interest	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	973	
 	 	1,535	
 	
Income as adjusted	$	789,541	
 	 	$	624,224	
 	 	$	602,049	
 	 	$	731,675	
 	 	$	696,105	

Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (1)	$	162,909	
 	 	$	174,661	
 	 	$	195,836	
 	 	$	196,368	
 	 	$	203,061	
 	
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor	15,807	
 	 	18,367	
 	 	22,259	
 	 	22,564	
 	 	25,893	
 	
Noncontrolling interests (preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries), excluding taxes	29,830	
 	 	29,878	
 	 	27,841	
 	 	27,841	
 	 	27,507	
 	
Total fixed charges	$	208,546	
 	 	$	222,906	
 	 	$	245,936	
 	 	$	246,773	
 	 	$	256,461	

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)	3.79	 	2.80	 	2.45	 	2.96	 	2.71	
 	 	
(1)	Interest expense includes both financing interest expense and other interest expense.	

(2)	The computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing income from continuing operations before income taxes as adjusted by fixed charges. Included in fixed charges is one-third of rent expense as the representative portion of interest.	

Exhibit 21

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent
The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2015)

 	 	
Subsidiary Name	Country or state of incorporation	
Alternative Mail & Parcels Investments Ltd	United Kingdom	
B. Williams Funding Corp.	Delaware	
Borderfree Australia Pty. Ltd.	Australia	
Borderfree Canada, Inc.	Canada	
Borderfree China Co., Ltd.	China	
Borderfree Limited	Ireland	
Borderfree Research and Development Ltd.	Israel	
Borderfree UK Limited	United Kingdom	
Borderfree, Inc.	Delaware	
BoxHop LLC	Delaware	
Elmcroft Road Realty Corporation	Connecticut	
Factor Humano y Cadena de Personal, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico	
FSL Holdings Inc.	Connecticut	
FSL Risk Managers Inc.	New York	
Group 1 Software China Ltd.	Hong Kong	
Harvey Company, L.L.C	Delaware	
Mag Systèmes SAS	France	
MapInfo Realty LLC	New York	
OLDEMT LIMITED	United Kingdom	
OldEurope Limited	United Kingdom	
OldMS Limited	United Kingdom	
OLDPBIMS LIMITED	United Kingdom	
OldPBSL	United Kingdom	
OLDPBIMS Limited	United Kingdom	
PB Equipment Management Inc.	Delaware	
PB European UK LLC	Delaware	
PB Historic Renovation LLC	Delaware	
PB Nova Scotia Holdings Inc.	Delaware	
PB Nova Scotia Holdings II ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia Holdings ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia V ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia VI ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia VII ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia II ULC	Canada	
PB Nova Scotia LP	Delaware	
PB Professional Services Inc.	Delaware	
PB Worldwide Inc,	Delaware	
PBDorm Ireland Limited	Ireland	

 	
 	 	
Pitney Bowes (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd	Singapore	
Pitney Bowes (Dormant) Pte Ltd	Singapore	
Pitney Bowes (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd	Malaysia	
Pitney Bowes (Singapore) Pte Ltd	Singapore	
Pitney Bowes (Switzerland) AG	Switzerland	
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty Limited	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty Limited	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Brasil Equipamentos e Servicos Ltda	Brazil	
Pitney Bowes Canada II LP	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Canada LP	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Credit Australia Limited	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Danmark A/S	Denmark	
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH	Germany	
Pitney Bowes Finance Ireland Limited	Ireland	
Pitney Bowes Finance Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Global Financial Services LLC	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Global Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Global LLC	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Holdco Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC	France	
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Hong Kong Limited	Hong Kong	
Pitney Bowes India Private Limited	India	
Pitney Bowes International Finance Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes International Funding	Ireland	
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc.	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Ireland Limited	Ireland	
Pitney Bowes Italia S.r.l.	Italy	
Pitney Bowes Japan K.K.	Japan	
Pitney Bowes Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding II S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	
Pitney Bowes Mail and Messaging Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	China	
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited	New Zealand	
Pitney Bowes Norge AS	Norway	
Pitney Bowes Nova Scotia ULC	Canada	
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. - Pitney Bowes du Canada Ltee	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Oy	Finland	
Pitney Bowes Polska Sp. z.o.o.	Poland	
Pitney Bowes Presort Services, Inc.	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Properties Inc.	Connecticut	
Pitney Bowes Puerto Rico, Inc.	Puerto Rico	
Pitney Bowes SAS	France	
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty Inc.	Connecticut	
Pitney Bowes Software (Beijing) Ltd	China	
Pitney Bowes Software Canada Inc.	Canada	

 	
 	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Europe Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Software GmbH	Germany	
Pitney Bowes Software Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	
Pitney Bowes Software Inc.	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Software India Private Limited	India	
Pitney Bowes Software K. K.	Japan	
Pitney Bowes Software Pte. Ltd	Singapore	
Pitney Bowes Software Pty Ltd	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Software SAS	France	
Pitney Bowes Svenska Aktiebolag	Sweden	
Pitney Bowes UK LP	United Kingdom	
PitneyWorks.com Inc.	Delaware	
PitneyWorks.com L.L.C.	Delaware	
Portrait International, Inc.	Ohio	
Portrait Million Handshakes AS	Norway	
Portrait Software International Limited	United Kingdom	
Portrait Software Limited	United Kingdom	
Quadstone Paramics Ltd	Scotland	
Real Time Content Ltd	United Kingdom	
Schooner Acq. Corp.	Delaware	
Technopli SARL	France	
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc.	Utah	
Volly LLC	Delaware	
Wheeler Insurance, Ltd.	Vermont	

EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on FormS-8 (Registration Nos. 333-05731, 333-132589, 333-132590, 333-132591, 333-132592, 333-145527, 333-190308) and on Forms S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-183070, 333-198759) of Pitney Bowes Inc. of our report dated February 22, 2016 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 22, 2016 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Marc B. Lautenbach, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 22, 2016 

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach	 	 	 	 	
Marc B. Lautenbach	 	 	 	 	
President and Chief Executive Officer	 	 	 	 	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Monahan, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 22, 2016 

 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael Monahan	 	 	 	
Michael Monahan	 	 	 	
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	 	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Marc B. Lautenbach, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 	 	
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and	
 	 	
(2)	
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	 	 	
/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach	 	 	 	
Marc B. Lautenbach	 	 	 	
President and Chief Executive Officer	 	 	 	
Date:    February 22, 2016 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Michael Monahan, Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 	 	
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and	
 	 	
(2)	
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael Monahan	 	 	 	
Michael Monahan	 	 	 	
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	 	
Date:    February 22, 2016 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company.